Search Results

Search found 14402 results on 577 pages for 'interface builder'.

Page 568/577 | < Previous Page | 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575  | Next Page >

  • apache2 doesn't start with location

    - by Geod24
    I have a small domain, which I use only for personal purposes. I'm the main user, and have at most 3-4 users at the same time. I use apache2 with passenger to serve redmine. So I start with an empty apache2: root@xxxxx:/home/# service apache2 start [ ok ] Starting web server: apache2. root@xxxxx:/home/# a2dissite Your choices are: Which site(s) do you want to disable (wildcards ok)? Then enable my site, and restart (not reload) apache2: root@xxxxx:/home/# a2ensite 200-redmine Enabling site 200-redmine. To activate the new configuration, you need to run: service apache2 reload root@xxxxx:/home/# service apache2 restart [FAIL] Restarting web server: apache2 failed! [warn] The apache2 instance did not start within 20 seconds. Please read the log files to discover problems ... (warning). root@xxxxx:/home/# service apache2 restart [FAIL] Restarting web server: apache2 failed! [warn] There are processes named 'apache2' running which do not match your pid file which are left untouched in the name of safety, Please review the situation by hand. ... (warning). root@xxxxx:/home/# pidof apache2 20948 Here's my 200-redmine.conf: PerlLoadModule Apache::Redmine <VirtualHost *:80> ServerName redmine.xxxxx.xxx DocumentRoot /var/www/redmine/public/ ErrorLog ${APACHE_LOG_DIR}/redmine.error.log CustomLog ${APACHE_LOG_DIR}/redmine.access.log common MaxRequestLen 20971520 <Directory "/var/www/redmine/public/"> Options Indexes ExecCGI FollowSymLinks Order allow,deny Allow from all AllowOverride all </Directory> SetEnv GIT_PROJECT_ROOT /opt/git/ SetEnv GIT_HTTP_EXPORT_ALL ScriptAlias /git/ /usr/lib/git-core/git-http-backend/ <Location /git> PerlAuthenHandler Apache::Authn::Redmine::authen_handler PerlAccessHandler Apache::Authn::Redmine::access_handler AuthType Basic Require valid-user AuthName "Redmine Git Repository" RedmineDSN "DBI:mysql:database=redmine;host=localhost:3306" RedmineDbUser "redmine" RedmineDbPass "password" RedmineCacheCredsMax 50 </Location> </VirtualHost> Now if I comment out the ScriptAlias / stuff, it works ! In addition, starting the server with 200-redmine disabled, then enabling it works. But apache2 will die randomly. Plus the location doesn't work. The logs show nothing: root@xxxxx:/home/# ll /var/log/apache2/ total 8 drwxr-xr-x 2 root root 4096 Oct 30 07:52 coredump -rw-r--r-- 1 root root 0 Nov 4 02:39 default.access.log -rw-r--r-- 1 root root 2356 Nov 4 02:39 default.error.log -rw-r--r-- 1 root root 0 Nov 4 02:39 other_vhosts_access.log -rw-r--r-- 1 root root 0 Nov 4 02:39 redmine.access.log -rw-r--r-- 1 root root 0 Nov 4 02:39 redmine.error.log root@xxxxx:/home/# ll /var/log/apache2/coredump/ total 0 root@xxxxx:/home/# cat /var/log/apache2/default.error.log [ 2013-11-04 02:39:36.0130 21471/7fcf090f4740 agents/Watchdog/Main.cpp:452 ]: Options: { 'analytics_log_user' => 'nobody', 'default_group' => 'nogroup', 'default_python' => 'python', 'default_ruby' => '/usr/bin/ruby', 'default_user' => 'nobody', 'log_level' => '0', 'max_instances_per_app' => '0', 'max_pool_size' => '6', 'passenger_root' => '/usr/lib/ruby/vendor_ruby/phusion_passenger/locations.ini', 'pool_idle_time' => '300', 'temp_dir' => '/tmp', 'union_station_gateway_address' => 'gateway.unionstationapp.com', 'union_station_gateway_port' => '443', 'user_switching' => 'true', 'web_server_pid' => '21470', 'web_server_type' => 'apache', 'web_server_worker_gid' => '33', 'web_server_worker_uid' => '33' } [ 2013-11-04 02:39:36.0255 21474/7f9a99fda740 agents/HelperAgent/Main.cpp:597 ]: PassengerHelperAgent online, listening at unix:/tmp/passenger.1.0.21470/generation-0/request [ 2013-11-04 02:39:36.0507 21479/7f8316b0f740 agents/LoggingAgent/Main.cpp:330 ]: PassengerLoggingAgent online, listening at unix:/tmp/passenger.1.0.21470/generation-0/logging [ 2013-11-04 02:39:36.0511 21471/7fcf090f4740 agents/Watchdog/Main.cpp:635 ]: All Phusion Passenger agents started! [ 2013-11-04 02:39:36.3158 21495/7fba6f686740 agents/Watchdog/Main.cpp:452 ]: Options: { 'analytics_log_user' => 'nobody', 'default_group' => 'nogroup', 'default_python' => 'python', 'default_ruby' => '/usr/bin/ruby', 'default_user' => 'nobody', 'log_level' => '0', 'max_instances_per_app' => '0', 'max_pool_size' => '6', 'passenger_root' => '/usr/lib/ruby/vendor_ruby/phusion_passenger/locations.ini', 'pool_idle_time' => '300', 'temp_dir' => '/tmp', 'union_station_gateway_address' => 'gateway.unionstationapp.com', 'union_station_gateway_port' => '443', 'user_switching' => 'true', 'web_server_pid' => '21491', 'web_server_type' => 'apache', 'web_server_worker_gid' => '33', 'web_server_worker_uid' => '33' } [ 2013-11-04 02:39:36.3304 21498/7f0106d9b740 agents/HelperAgent/Main.cpp:597 ]: PassengerHelperAgent online, listening at unix:/tmp/passenger.1.0.21491/generation-0/request [ 2013-11-04 02:39:36.3522 21503/7f92ad392740 agents/LoggingAgent/Main.cpp:330 ]: PassengerLoggingAgent online, listening at unix:/tmp/passenger.1.0.21491/generation-0/logging [ 2013-11-04 02:39:36.3525 21495/7fba6f686740 agents/Watchdog/Main.cpp:635 ]: All Phusion Passenger agents started! And at last: root@xxxxx:/home/# apache2ctl -t -D DUMP_VHOSTS VirtualHost configuration: *:80 is a NameVirtualHost default server redmine.xxxx.xxx (/etc/apache2/sites-enabled/200-redmine.conf:5) port 80 namevhost redmine.xxxx.xxx (/etc/apache2/sites-enabled/200-redmine.conf:5) port 80 namevhost redmine.xxxxx.xxx (/etc/apache2/sites-enabled/200-redmine.conf:5) root@xxxxx:/home/# uname -a Linux xxxx.xxx 3.2.0-4-amd64 #1 SMP Debian 3.2.51-1 x86_64 GNU/Linux root@xxxxx:/home/# dpkg --list | grep apache2 ii apache2 2.4.6-3 amd64 Apache HTTP Server ii apache2-bin 2.4.6-3 amd64 Apache HTTP Server (binary files and modules) ii apache2-data 2.4.6-3 all Apache HTTP Server (common files) ii apache2-utils 2.4.6-3 amd64 Apache HTTP Server (utility programs for web servers) ii libapache2-mod-fcgid 1:2.3.9-1 amd64 FastCGI interface module for Apache 2 ii libapache2-mod-passenger 4.0.10-1 amd64 Rails and Rack support for Apache2 ii libapache2-mod-perl2 2.0.8+httpd24-r1449661-6+b1 amd64 Integration of perl with the Apache2 web server ii libapache2-mod-perl2-dev 2.0.8+httpd24-r1449661-6 all Integration of perl with the Apache2 web server - development files ii libapache2-mod-perl2-doc 2.0.8+httpd24-r1449661-6 all Integration of perl with the Apache2 web server - documentation ii libapache2-mod-proxy-html 1:2.4.6-3 amd64 Transitional package for apache2-bin ii libapache2-mod-svn 1.7.13-2 amd64 Apache Subversion server modules for Apache httpd ii libapache2-reload-perl 0.12-2 all module for reloading Perl modules when changed on disk ii libapache2-svn 1.7.13-2 all Apache Subversion server modules for Apache httpd (dummy package) root@xxxxx:/home/# a2dismod Your choices are: access_compat alias auth_basic authn_core authn_file authz_core authz_host authz_svn authz_user autoindex dav dav_svn deflate dir env fcgid filter mime mpm_event negotiation passenger perl proxy proxy_http rewrite setenvif status Which module(s) do you want to disable (wildcards ok)?

    Read the article

  • Plugin jQuery da Microsoft para Globalização

    - by Leniel Macaferi
    No mês passado eu escrevi sobre como a Microsoft está começando a fazer contribuições de código para a jQuery (em Inglês), e sobre algumas das primeiras contribuições de código nas quais estávamos trabalhando: Suporte para Templates jQuery e Linkagem de Dados (em Inglês). Hoje, lançamos um protótipo de um novo plugin jQuery para Globalização que te permite adicionar suporte à globalização/internacionalização para as suas aplicações JavaScript. Este plugin inclui informações de globalização para mais de 350 culturas que vão desde o Gaélico Escocês, o Frísio, Húngaro, Japonês, e Inglês Canadense. Nós estaremos lançando este plugin para a comunidade em um formato de código livre. Você pode baixar nosso protótipo do plugin jQuery para Globalização a partir do nosso repositório Github: http://github.com/nje/jquery-glob Você também pode baixar um conjunto de exemplos que demonstram alguns simples casos de uso com ele aqui. Entendendo Globalização O plugin jQuery para Globalização permite que você facilmente analise e formate números, moedas e datas para diferentes culturas em JavaScript. Por exemplo, você pode usar o plugin de globalização para mostrar o símbolo da moeda adequado para uma cultura: Você também pode usar o plugin de globalização para formatar datas para que o dia e o mês apareçam na ordem certa e para que os nomes dos dias e meses sejam corretamente traduzidos: Observe acima como o ano Árabe é exibido como 1431. Isso ocorre porque o ano foi convertido para usar o calendário Árabe. Algumas diferenças culturais, tais como moeda diferente ou nomes de meses, são óbvias. Outras diferenças culturais são surpreendentes e sutis. Por exemplo, em algumas culturas, o agrupamento de números é feito de forma irregular. Na cultura "te-IN" (Telugu na Índia), grupos possuem 3 dígitos e, em seguida, dois dígitos. O número 1000000 (um milhão) é escrito como "10,00,000". Algumas culturas não agrupam os números. Todas essas sutis diferenças culturais são tratadas pelo plugin de Globalização da jQuery automaticamente. Pegar as datas corretamente pode ser especialmente complicado. Diferentes culturas têm calendários diferentes, como o Gregoriano e os calendários UmAlQura. Uma única cultura pode até mesmo ter vários calendários. Por exemplo, a cultura Japonesa usa o calendário Gregoriano e um calendário Japonês que possui eras com nomes de imperadores Japoneses. O plugin de Globalização inclui métodos para a conversão de datas entre todos estes diferentes calendários. Usando Tags de Idioma O plugin de Globalização da jQuery utiliza as tags de idioma definidas nos padrões das RFCs 4646 e 5646 para identificar culturas (veja http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5646). Uma tag de idioma é composta por uma ou mais subtags separadas por hífens. Por exemplo: Tag do Idioma Nome do Idioma (em Inglês) en-UA English (Australia) en-BZ English (Belize) en-CA English (Canada) Id Indonesian zh-CHS Chinese (Simplified) Legacy Zu isiZulu Observe que um único idioma, como o Inglês, pode ter várias tags de idioma. Falantes de Inglês no Canadá formatam números, moedas e datas usando diferentes convenções daquelas usadas pelos falantes de Inglês na Austrália ou nos Estados Unidos. Você pode encontrar a tag de idioma para uma cultura específica usando a Language Subtag Lookup Tool (Ferramenta de Pesquisa de Subtags de Idiomas) em: http://rishida.net/utils/subtags/ O download do plugin de Globalização da jQuery inclui uma pasta chamada globinfo que contém as informações de cada uma das 350 culturas. Na verdade, esta pasta contém mais de 700 arquivos, porque a pasta inclui ambas as versões minified (tamanho reduzido) e não-minified de cada arquivo. Por exemplo, a pasta globinfo inclui arquivos JavaScript chamados jQuery.glob.en-AU.js para o Inglês da Austrália, jQuery.glob.id.js para o Indonésio, e jQuery.glob.zh-CHS para o Chinês (simplificado) Legacy. Exemplo: Definindo uma Cultura Específica Imagine que te pediram para criar um site em Alemão e que querem formatar todas as datas, moedas e números usando convenções de formatação da cultura Alemã de maneira correta em JavaScript no lado do cliente. O código HTML para a página pode ser igual a este: Observe as tags span acima. Elas marcam as áreas da página que desejamos formatar com o plugin de Globalização. Queremos formatar o preço do produto, a data em que o produto está disponível, e as unidades do produto em estoque. Para usar o plugin de Globalização da jQuery, vamos adicionar três arquivos JavaScript na página: a biblioteca jQuery, o plugin de Globalização da jQuery, e as informações de cultura para um determinado idioma: Neste caso, eu estaticamente acrescentei o arquivo JavaScript jQuery.glob.de-DE.js que contém as informações para a cultura Alemã. A tag de idioma "de-DE" é usada para o Alemão falado na Alemanha. Agora que eu tenho todos os scripts necessários, eu posso usar o plugin de Globalização para formatar os valores do preço do produto, data disponível, e unidades no estoque usando o seguinte JavaScript no lado do cliente: O plugin de Globalização jQuery amplia a biblioteca jQuery com novos métodos - incluindo novos métodos chamados preferCulture() e format(). O método preferCulture() permite que você defina a cultura padrão utilizada pelos métodos do plugin de Globalização da jQuery. Observe que o método preferCulture() aceita uma tag de idioma. O método irá buscar a cultura mais próxima que corresponda à tag do idioma. O método $.format() é usado para formatar os valores monetários, datas e números. O segundo parâmetro passado para o método $.format() é um especificador de formato. Por exemplo, passar um "c" faz com que o valor seja formatado como moeda. O arquivo LeiaMe (ReadMe) no github detalha o significado de todos os diferentes especificadores de formato: http://github.com/nje/jquery-glob Quando abrimos a página em um navegador, tudo está formatado corretamente de acordo com as convenções da língua Alemã. Um símbolo do euro é usado para o símbolo de moeda. A data é formatada usando nomes de dia e mês em Alemão. Finalmente, um ponto, em vez de uma vírgula é usado como separador numérico: Você pode ver um exemplo em execução da abordagem acima com o arquivo 3_GermanSite.htm neste download de amostras. Exemplo: Permitindo que um Usuário Selecione Dinamicamente uma Cultura No exemplo anterior, nós explicitamente dissemos que queríamos globalizar em Alemão (referenciando o arquivo jQuery.glob.de-DE.js). Vamos agora olhar para o primeiro de alguns exemplos que demonstram como definir dinamicamente a cultura da globalização a ser usada. Imagine que você deseja exibir uma lista suspensa (dropdown) de todas as 350 culturas em uma página. Quando alguém escolhe uma cultura a partir da lista suspensa, você quer que todas as datas da página sejam formatadas usando a cultura selecionada. Aqui está o código HTML para a página: Observe que todas as datas estão contidas em uma tag <span> com um atributo data-date (atributos data-* são um novo recurso da HTML 5, que convenientemente também ainda funcionam com navegadores mais antigos). Nós vamos formatar a data representada pelo atributo data-date quando um usuário selecionar uma cultura a partir da lista suspensa. A fim de mostrar as datas para qualquer cultura disponível, vamos incluir o arquivo jQuery.glob.all.js igual a seguir: O plugin de Globalização da jQuery inclui um arquivo JavaScript chamado jQuery.glob.all.js. Este arquivo contém informações de globalização para todas as mais de 350 culturas suportadas pelo plugin de Globalização. Em um tamanho de 367 KB minified (reduzido), esse arquivo não é pequeno. Devido ao tamanho deste arquivo, a menos que você realmente precise usar todas essas culturas, ao mesmo tempo, recomendamos que você adicione em uma página somente os arquivos JavaScript individuais para as culturas específicas que você pretende suportar, ao invés do arquivo jQuery.glob.all.js combinado. No próximo exemplo, eu vou mostrar como carregar dinamicamente apenas os arquivos de idioma que você precisa. A seguir, vamos preencher a lista suspensa com todas as culturas disponíveis. Podemos usar a propriedade $.cultures para obter todas as culturas carregadas: Finalmente, vamos escrever o código jQuery que pega cada elemento span com um atributo data-date e formataremos a data: O método parseDate() do plugin de Globalização da jQuery é usado para converter uma representação de uma data em string para uma data JavaScript. O método format() do plugin é usado para formatar a data. O especificador de formato "D" faz com que a data a ser formatada use o formato de data longa. E agora, o conteúdo será globalizado corretamente, independentemente de qual das 350 línguas o usuário que visita a página selecione. Você pode ver um exemplo em execução da abordagem acima com o arquivo 4_SelectCulture.htm neste download de amostras. Exemplo: Carregando Arquivos de Globalização Dinamicamente Conforme mencionado na seção anterior, você deve evitar adicionar o arquivo jQuery.glob.all.js em uma página, sempre que possível, porque o arquivo é muito grande. Uma melhor alternativa é carregar as informações de globalização que você precisa dinamicamente. Por exemplo, imagine que você tenha criado uma lista suspensa que exibe uma lista de idiomas: O seguinte código jQuery é executado sempre que um usuário seleciona um novo idioma na lista suspensa. O código verifica se o arquivo associado com a globalização do idioma selecionado já foi carregado. Se o arquivo de globalização ainda não foi carregado, o arquivo de globalização é carregado dinamicamente, tirando vantagem do método $.getScript() da jQuery. O método globalizePage() é chamado depois que o arquivo de globalização solicitado tenha sido carregado, e contém o código do lado do cliente necessário para realizar a globalização. A vantagem dessa abordagem é que ela permite evitar o carregamento do arquivo jQuery.glob.all.js inteiro. Em vez disso você só precisa carregar os arquivos que você vai usar e você não precisa carregar os arquivos mais de uma vez. O arquivo 5_Dynamic.htm neste download de amostras demonstra como implementar esta abordagem. Exemplo: Definindo o Idioma Preferido do Usuário Automaticamente Muitos sites detectam o idioma preferido do usuário a partir das configurações de seu navegador e as usam automaticamente quando globalizam o conteúdo. Um usuário pode definir o idioma preferido para o seu navegador. Então, sempre que o usuário solicita uma página, esta preferência de idioma está incluída no pedido no cabeçalho Accept-Language. Quando você usa o Microsoft Internet Explorer, você pode definir o seu idioma preferido, seguindo estes passos: Selecione a opção do menu Ferramentas, Opções da Internet. Selecione a guia/tab Geral. Clique no botão Idiomas na seção Aparência. Clique no botão Adicionar para adicionar um novo idioma na lista de idiomas. Mova seu idioma preferido para o topo da lista. Observe que você pode listar múltiplos idiomas na janela de diálogo de Preferências de Idioma. Todas estas línguas são enviadas na ordem em que você as listou no cabeçalho Accept-Language: Accept-Language: fr-FR,id-ID;q=0.7,en-US;q= 0.3 Estranhamente, você não pode recuperar o valor do cabeçalho Accept-Language a partir do código JavaScript no lado do cliente. O Microsoft Internet Explorer e o Mozilla Firefox suportam um grupo de propriedades relacionadas a idiomas que são expostas pelo objeto window.navigator, tais como windows.navigator.browserLanguage e window.navigator.language, mas essas propriedades representam tanto o idioma definido para o sistema operacional ou a linguagem de edição do navegador. Essas propriedades não permitem que você recupere o idioma que o usuário definiu como seu idioma preferido. A única maneira confiável para se obter o idioma preferido do usuário (o valor do cabeçalho Accept-Language) é escrever código no lado do servidor. Por exemplo, a seguinte página ASP.NET tira vantagem da propriedade do servidor Request.UserLanguages para atribuir o idioma preferido do usuário para uma variável JavaScript no lado do cliente chamada AcceptLanguage (a qual então permite que você acesse o valor usando código JavaScript no lado do cliente): Para que este código funcione, as informações de cultura associadas ao valor de acceptLanguage devem ser incluídas na página. Por exemplo, se a cultura preferida de alguém é fr-FR (Francês na França) então você precisa incluir tanto o arquivo jQuery.glob.fr-FR.js ou o arquivo jQuery.glob.all.js na página; caso contrário, as informações de cultura não estarão disponíveis. O exemplo "6_AcceptLanguages.aspx" neste download de amostras demonstra como implementar esta abordagem. Se as informações de cultura para o idioma preferido do usuário não estiverem incluídas na página, então, o método $.preferCulture() voltará a usar a cultura neutra (por exemplo, passará a usar jQuery.glob.fr.js ao invés de jQuery.glob.fr-FR.js). Se as informações da cultura neutra não estiverem disponíveis, então, o método $.preferCulture() retornará para a cultura padrão (Inglês). Exemplo: Usando o Plugin de Globalização com o jQuery UI DatePicker (Selecionador de Datas da jQuery) Um dos objetivos do plugin de Globalização é tornar mais fácil construir widgets jQuery que podem ser usados com diferentes culturas. Nós queríamos ter certeza de que o plugin de Globalização da jQuery pudesse funcionar com os plugins de UI (interface do usuário) da jQuery, como o plugin DatePicker. Para esse fim, criamos uma versão corrigida do plugin DatePicker que pode tirar proveito do plugin de Globalização na renderização de um calendário. A imagem a seguir ilustra o que acontece quando você adiciona o plugin de Globalização jQuery e o plugin DatePicker da jQuery corrigido em uma página e seleciona a cultura da Indonésia como preferencial: Note que os cabeçalhos para os dias da semana são exibidos usando abreviaturas dos nomes dos dias referentes ao idioma Indonésio. Além disso, os nomes dos meses são exibidos em Indonésio. Você pode baixar a versão corrigida do jQuery UI DatePicker no nosso site no github. Ou você pode usar a versão incluída neste download de amostras e usada pelo arquivo de exemplo 7_DatePicker.htm. Sumário Estou animado com a nossa participação contínua na comunidade jQuery. Este plugin de Globalização é o terceiro plugin jQuery que lançamos. Nós realmente apreciamos todos os ótimos comentários e sugestões sobre os protótipos do Suporte para Templates jQuery e Linkagem de Dados que lançamos mais cedo neste ano. Queremos também agradecer aos times da jQuery e jQuery UI por trabalharem conosco na criação deses plugins. Espero que isso ajude, Scott P.S. Além do blog, eu também estou agora utilizando o Twitter para atualizações rápidas e para compartilhar links. Você pode me acompanhar em: twitter.com/scottgu   Texto traduzido do post original por Leniel Macaferi.

    Read the article

  • OIM 11g notification framework

    - by Rajesh G Kumar
    OIM 11g has introduced an improved and template based Notifications framework. New release has removed the limitation of sending text based emails (out-of-the-box emails) and enhanced to support html features. New release provides in-built out-of-the-box templates for events like 'Reset Password', 'Create User Self Service' , ‘User Deleted' etc. Also provides new APIs to support custom templates to send notifications out of OIM. OIM notification framework supports notification mechanism based on events, notification templates and template resolver. They are defined as follows: Ø Events are defined as XML file and imported as part of MDS database in order to make notification event available for use. Ø Notification templates are created using OIM advance administration console. The template contains the text and the substitution 'variables' which will be replaced with the data provided by the template resolver. Templates support internationalization and can be defined as HTML or in form of simple text. Ø Template resolver is a Java class that is responsible to provide attributes and data to be used at runtime and design time. It must be deployed following the OIM plug-in framework. Resolver data provided at design time is to be used by end user to design notification template with available entity variables and it also provides data at runtime to replace the designed variable with value to be displayed to recipients. Steps to define custom notifications in OIM 11g are: Steps# Steps 1. Define the Notification Event 2. Create the Custom Template Resolver class 3. Create Template with notification contents to be sent to recipients 4. Create Event triggering spots in OIM 1. Notification Event metadata The Notification Event is defined as XML file which need to be imported into MDS database. An event file must be compliant with the schema defined by the notification engine, which is NotificationEvent.xsd. The event file contains basic information about the event.XSD location in MDS database: “/metadata/iam-features-notification/NotificationEvent.xsd”Schema file can be viewed by exporting file from MDS using weblogicExportMetadata.sh script.Sample Notification event metadata definition: 1: <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> 2: <Events xmlns:xsi=http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="../../../metadata/NotificationEvent.xsd"> 3: <EventType name="Sample Notification"> 4: <StaticData> 5: <Attribute DataType="X2-Entity" EntityName="User" Name="Granted User"/> 6: </StaticData> 7: <Resolver class="com.iam.oim.demo.notification.DemoNotificationResolver"> 8: <Param DataType="91-Entity" EntityName="Resource" Name="ResourceInfo"/> 9: </Resolver> 10: </EventType> 11: </Events> Line# Description 1. XML file notation tag 2. Events is root tag 3. EventType tag is to declare a unique event name which will be available for template designing 4. The StaticData element lists a set of parameters which allow user to add parameters that are not data dependent. In other words, this element defines the static data to be displayed when notification is to be configured. An example of static data is the User entity, which is not dependent on any other data and has the same set of attributes for all event instances and notification templates. Available attributes are used to be defined as substitution tokens in the template. 5. Attribute tag is child tag for StaticData to declare the entity and its data type with unique reference name. User entity is most commonly used Entity as StaticData. 6. StaticData closing tag 7. Resolver tag defines the resolver class. The Resolver class must be defined for each notification. It defines what parameters are available in the notification creation screen and how those parameters are replaced when the notification is to be sent. Resolver class resolves the data dynamically at run time and displays the attributes in the UI. 8. The Param DataType element lists a set of parameters which allow user to add parameters that are data dependent. An example of the data dependent or a dynamic entity is a resource object which user can select at run time. A notification template is to be configured for the resource object. Corresponding to the resource object field, a lookup is displayed on the UI. When a user selects the event the call goes to the Resolver class provided to fetch the fields that are displayed in the Available Data list, from which user can select the attribute to be used on the template. Param tag is child tag to declare the entity and its data type with unique reference name. 9. Resolver closing tag 10 EventType closing tag 11. Events closing tag Note: - DataType needs to be declared as “X2-Entity” for User entity and “91-Entity” for Resource or Organization entities. The dynamic entities supported for lookup are user, resource, and organization. Once notification event metadata is defined, need to be imported into MDS database. Fully qualified resolver class name need to be define for XML but do not need to load the class in OIM yet (it can be loaded later). 2. Coding the notification resolver All event owners have to provide a resolver class which would resolve the data dynamically at run time. Custom resolver class must implement the interface oracle.iam.notification.impl.NotificationEventResolver and override the implemented methods with actual implementation. It has 2 methods: S# Methods Descriptions 1. public List<NotificationAttribute> getAvailableData(String eventType, Map<String, Object> params); This API will return the list of available data variables. These variables will be available on the UI while creating/modifying the Templates and would let user select the variables so that they can be embedded as a token as part of the Messages on the template. These tokens are replaced by the value passed by the resolver class at run time. Available data is displayed in a list. The parameter "eventType" specifies the event Name for which template is to be read.The parameter "params" is the map which has the entity name and the corresponding value for which available data is to be fetched. Sample code snippet: List<NotificationAttribute> list = new ArrayList<NotificationAttribute>(); long objKey = (Long) params.get("resource"); //Form Field details based on Resource object key HashMap<String, Object> formFieldDetail = getObjectFormName(objKey); for (Iterator<?> itrd = formFieldDetail.entrySet().iterator(); itrd.hasNext(); ) { NotificationAttribute availableData = new NotificationAttribute(); Map.Entry formDetailEntrySet = (Entry<?, ?>)itrd.next(); String fieldLabel = (String)formDetailEntrySet.getValue(); availableData.setName(fieldLabel); list.add(availableData); } return list; 2. Public HashMap<String, Object> getReplacedData(String eventType, Map<String, Object> params); This API would return the resolved value of the variables present on the template at the runtime when notification is being sent. The parameter "eventType" specifies the event Name for which template is to be read.The parameter "params" is the map which has the base values such as usr_key, obj_key etc required by the resolver implementation to resolve the rest of the variables in the template. Sample code snippet: HashMap<String, Object> resolvedData = new HashMap<String, Object>();String firstName = getUserFirstname(params.get("usr_key"));resolvedData.put("fname", firstName); String lastName = getUserLastName(params.get("usr_key"));resolvedData.put("lname", lastname);resolvedData.put("count", "1 million");return resolvedData; This code must be deployed as per OIM 11g plug-in framework. The XML file defining the plug-in is as below: <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <oimplugins xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"> <plugins pluginpoint="oracle.iam.notification.impl.NotificationEventResolver"> <plugin pluginclass= " com.iam.oim.demo.notification.DemoNotificationResolver" version="1.0" name="Sample Notification Resolver"/> </plugins> </oimplugins> 3. Defining the template To create a notification template: Log in to the Oracle Identity Administration Click the System Management tab and then click the Notification tab From the Actions list on the left pane, select Create On the Create page, enter values for the following fields under the Template Information section: Template Name: Demo template Description Text: Demo template Under the Event Details section, perform the following: From the Available Event list, select the event for which the notification template is to be created from a list of available events. Depending on your selection, other fields are displayed in the Event Details section. Note that the template Sample Notification Event created in the previous step being used as the notification event. The contents of the Available Data drop down are based on the event XML StaticData tag, the drop down basically lists all the attributes of the entities defined in that tag. Once you select an element in the drop down, it will show up in the Selected Data text field and then you can just copy it and paste it into either the message subject or the message body fields prefixing $ symbol. Example if list has attribute like First_Name then message body will contains this as $First_Name which resolver will parse and replace it with actual value at runtime. In the Resource field, select a resource from the lookup. This is the dynamic data defined by the Param DataType element in the XML definition. Based on selected resource getAvailableData method of resolver will be called to fetch the resource object attribute detail, if method is overridden with required implementation. For current scenario, Map<String, Object> params will get populated with object key as value and key as “resource” in the map. This is the only input will be provided to resolver at design time. You need to implement the further logic to fetch the object attributes detail to populate the available Data list. List string should not have space in between, if object attributes has space for attribute name then implement logic to replace the space with ‘_’ before populating the list. Example if attribute name is “First Name” then make it “First_Name” and populate the list. Space is not supported while you try to parse and replace the token at run time with real value. Make a note that the Available Data and Selected Data are used in the substitution tokens definition only, they do not define the final data that will be sent in the notification. OIM will invoke the resolver class to get the data and make the substitutions. Under the Locale Information section, enter values in the following fields: To specify a form of encoding, select either UTF-8 or ASCII. In the Message Subject field, enter a subject for the notification. From the Type options, select the data type in which you want to send the message. You can choose between HTML and Text/Plain. In the Short Message field, enter a gist of the message in very few words. In the Long Message field, enter the message that will be sent as the notification with Available data token which need to be replaced by resolver at runtime. After you have entered the required values in all the fields, click Save. A message is displayed confirming the creation of the notification template. Click OK 4. Triggering the event A notification event can be triggered from different places in OIM. The logic behind the triggering must be coded and plugged into OIM. Examples of triggering points for notifications: Event handlers: post process notifications for specific data updates in OIM users Process tasks: to notify the users that a provisioning task was executed by OIM Scheduled tasks: to notify something related to the task The scheduled job has two parameters: Template Name: defines the notification template to be sent User Login: defines the user record that will provide the data to be sent in the notification Sample Code Snippet: public void execute(String templateName , String userId) { try { NotificationService notService = Platform.getService(NotificationService.class); NotificationEvent eventToSend=this.createNotificationEvent(templateName,userId); notService.notify(eventToSend); } catch (Exception e) { e.printStackTrace(); } } private NotificationEvent createNotificationEvent(String poTemplateName, String poUserId) { NotificationEvent event = new NotificationEvent(); String[] receiverUserIds= { poUserId }; event.setUserIds(receiverUserIds); event.setTemplateName(poTemplateName); event.setSender(null); HashMap<String, Object> templateParams = new HashMap<String, Object>(); templateParams.put("USER_LOGIN",poUserId); event.setParams(templateParams); return event; } public HashMap getAttributes() { return null; } public void setAttributes() {} }

    Read the article

  • Setting up and using Bing Translate API Service for Machine Translation

    - by Rick Strahl
    Last week I spent quite a bit of time trying to set up the Bing Translate API service. I can honestly say this was one of the most screwed up developer experiences I've had in a long while - specifically related to the byzantine sign up process that Microsoft has in place. Not only is it nearly impossible to find decent documentation on the required signup process, some of the links in the docs are just plain wrong, and some of the account pages you need to access the actual account information once signed up are not linked anywhere from the administration UI. To make things even harder is the fact that the APIs changed a while back, with a completely new authentication scheme that's described and not directly linked documentation topic also made for a very frustrating search experience. It's a bummer that this is the case too, because the actual API itself is easy to use and works very well - fast and reasonably accurate (as accurate as you can expect machine translation to be). But the sign up process is a pain in the ass doubtlessly leaving many people giving up in frustration. In this post I'll try to hit all the points needed to set up to use the Bing Translate API in one place since such a document seems to be missing from Microsoft. Hopefully the API folks at Microsoft will get their shit together and actually provide this sort of info on their site… Signing Up The first step required is to create a Windows Azure MarketPlace account. Go to: https://datamarket.azure.com/ Sign in with your Windows Live Id If you don't have an account you will be taken to a registration page which you have to fill out. Follow the links and complete the registration. Once you're signed in you can start adding services. Click on the Data Link on the main page Select Microsoft Translator from the list This adds the Microsoft Bing Translator to your services. Pricing The page shows the pricing matrix and the free service which provides 2 megabytes for translations a month for free. Prices go up steeply from there. Pricing is determined by actual bytes of the result translations used. Max translations are 1000 characters so at minimum this means you get around 2000 translations a month for free. However most translations are probable much less so you can expect larger number of translations to go through. For testing or low volume translations this should be just fine. Once signed up there are no further instructions and you're left in limbo on the MS site. Register your Application Once you've created the Data association with Translator the next step is registering your application. To do this you need to access your developer account. Go to https://datamarket.azure.com/developer/applications/register Provide a ClientId, which is effectively the unique string identifier for your application (not your customer id!) Provide your name The client secret was auto-created and this becomes your 'password' For the redirect url provide any https url: https://microsoft.com works Give this application a description of your choice so you can identify it in the list of apps Now, once you've registered your application, keep track of the ClientId and ClientSecret - those are the two keys you need to authenticate before you can call the Translate API. Oddly the applications page is hidden from the Azure Portal UI. I couldn't find a direct link from anywhere on the site back to this page where I can examine my developer application keys. To find them you can go to: https://datamarket.azure.com/developer/applications You can come back here to look at your registered applications and pick up the ClientID and ClientSecret. Fun eh? But we're now ready to actually call the API and do some translating. Using the Bing Translate API The good news is that after this signup hell, using the API is pretty straightforward. To use the translation API you'll need to actually use two services: You need to call an authentication API service first, before you can call the actual translator API. These two APIs live on different domains, and the authentication API returns JSON data while the translator service returns XML. So much for consistency. Authentication The first step is authentication. The service uses oAuth authentication with a  bearer token that has to be passed to the translator API. The authentication call retrieves the oAuth token that you can then use with the translate API call. The bearer token has a short 10 minute life time, so while you can cache it for successive calls, the token can't be cached for long periods. This means for Web backend requests you typically will have to authenticate each time unless you build a more elaborate caching scheme that takes the timeout into account (perhaps using the ASP.NET Cache object). For low volume operations you can probably get away with simply calling the auth API for every translation you do. To call the Authentication API use code like this:/// /// Retrieves an oAuth authentication token to be used on the translate /// API request. The result string needs to be passed as a bearer token /// to the translate API. /// /// You can find client ID and Secret (or register a new one) at: /// https://datamarket.azure.com/developer/applications/ /// /// The client ID of your application /// The client secret or password /// public string GetBingAuthToken(string clientId = null, string clientSecret = null) { string authBaseUrl = https://datamarket.accesscontrol.windows.net/v2/OAuth2-13; if (string.IsNullOrEmpty(clientId) || string.IsNullOrEmpty(clientSecret)) { ErrorMessage = Resources.Resources.Client_Id_and_Client_Secret_must_be_provided; return null; } var postData = string.Format("grant_type=client_credentials&client_id={0}" + "&client_secret={1}" + "&scope=http://api.microsofttranslator.com", HttpUtility.UrlEncode(clientId), HttpUtility.UrlEncode(clientSecret)); // POST Auth data to the oauth API string res, token; try { var web = new WebClient(); web.Encoding = Encoding.UTF8; res = web.UploadString(authBaseUrl, postData); } catch (Exception ex) { ErrorMessage = ex.GetBaseException().Message; return null; } var ser = new JavaScriptSerializer(); var auth = ser.Deserialize<BingAuth>(res); if (auth == null) return null; token = auth.access_token; return token; } private class BingAuth { public string token_type { get; set; } public string access_token { get; set; } } This code basically takes the client id and secret and posts it at the oAuth endpoint which returns a JSON string. Here I use the JavaScript serializer to deserialize the JSON into a custom object I created just for deserialization. You can also use JSON.NET and dynamic deserialization if you are already using JSON.NET in your app in which case you don't need the extra type. In my library that houses this component I don't, so I just rely on the built in serializer. The auth method returns a long base64 encoded string which can be used as a bearer token in the translate API call. Translation Once you have the authentication token you can use it to pass to the translate API. The auth token is passed as an Authorization header and the value is prefixed with a 'Bearer ' prefix for the string. Here's what the simple Translate API call looks like:/// /// Uses the Bing API service to perform translation /// Bing can translate up to 1000 characters. /// /// Requires that you provide a CLientId and ClientSecret /// or set the configuration values for these two. /// /// More info on setup: /// http://www.west-wind.com/weblog/ /// /// Text to translate /// Two letter culture name /// Two letter culture name /// Pass an access token retrieved with GetBingAuthToken. /// If not passed the default keys from .config file are used if any /// public string TranslateBing(string text, string fromCulture, string toCulture, string accessToken = null) { string serviceUrl = "http://api.microsofttranslator.com/V2/Http.svc/Translate"; if (accessToken == null) { accessToken = GetBingAuthToken(); if (accessToken == null) return null; } string res; try { var web = new WebClient(); web.Headers.Add("Authorization", "Bearer " + accessToken); string ct = "text/plain"; string postData = string.Format("?text={0}&from={1}&to={2}&contentType={3}", HttpUtility.UrlEncode(text), fromCulture, toCulture, HttpUtility.UrlEncode(ct)); web.Encoding = Encoding.UTF8; res = web.DownloadString(serviceUrl + postData); } catch (Exception e) { ErrorMessage = e.GetBaseException().Message; return null; } // result is a single XML Element fragment var doc = new XmlDocument(); doc.LoadXml(res); return doc.DocumentElement.InnerText; } The first of this code deals with ensuring the auth token exists. You can either pass the token into the method manually or let the method automatically retrieve the auth code on its own. In my case I'm using this inside of a Web application and in that situation I simply need to re-authenticate every time as there's no convenient way to manage the lifetime of the auth cookie. The auth token is added as an Authorization HTTP header prefixed with 'Bearer ' and attached to the request. The text to translate, the from and to language codes and a result format are passed on the query string of this HTTP GET request against the Translate API. The translate API returns an XML string which contains a single element with the translated string. Using the Wrapper Methods It should be pretty obvious how to use these two methods but here are a couple of test methods that demonstrate the two usage scenarios:[TestMethod] public void TranslateBingWithAuthTest() { var translate = new TranslationServices(); string clientId = DbResourceConfiguration.Current.BingClientId; string clientSecret = DbResourceConfiguration.Current.BingClientSecret; string auth = translate.GetBingAuthToken(clientId, clientSecret); Assert.IsNotNull(auth); string text = translate.TranslateBing("Hello World we're back home!", "en", "de",auth); Assert.IsNotNull(text, translate.ErrorMessage); Console.WriteLine(text); } [TestMethod] public void TranslateBingIntegratedTest() { var translate = new TranslationServices(); string text = translate.TranslateBing("Hello World we're back home!","en","de"); Assert.IsNotNull(text, translate.ErrorMessage); Console.WriteLine(text); } Other API Methods The Translate API has a number of methods available and this one is the simplest one but probably also the most common one that translates a single string. You can find additional methods for this API here: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/ff512419.aspx Soap and AJAX APIs are also available and documented on MSDN: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/dd576287.aspx These links will be your starting points for calling other methods in this API. Dual Interface I've talked about my database driven localization provider here in the past, and it's for this tool that I added the Bing localization support. Basically I have a localization administration form that allows me to translate individual strings right out of the UI, using both Google and Bing APIs: As you can see in this example, the results from Google and Bing can vary quite a bit - in this case Google is stumped while Bing actually generated a valid translation. At other times it's the other way around - it's pretty useful to see multiple translations at the same time. Here I can choose from one of the values and driectly embed them into the translated text field. Lost in Translation There you have it. As I mentioned using the API once you have all the bureaucratic crap out of the way calling the APIs is fairly straight forward and reasonably fast, even if you have to call the Auth API for every call. Hopefully this post will help out a few of you trying to navigate the Microsoft bureaucracy, at least until next time Microsoft upends everything and introduces new ways to sign up again. Until then - happy translating… Related Posts Translation method Source on Github Translating with Google Translate without Google API Keys Creating a data-driven ASP.NET Resource Provider© Rick Strahl, West Wind Technologies, 2005-2013Posted in Localization  ASP.NET  .NET   Tweet !function(d,s,id){var js,fjs=d.getElementsByTagName(s)[0];if(!d.getElementById(id)){js=d.createElement(s);js.id=id;js.src="//platform.twitter.com/widgets.js";fjs.parentNode.insertBefore(js,fjs);}}(document,"script","twitter-wjs"); (function() { var po = document.createElement('script'); po.type = 'text/javascript'; po.async = true; po.src = 'https://apis.google.com/js/plusone.js'; var s = document.getElementsByTagName('script')[0]; s.parentNode.insertBefore(po, s); })();

    Read the article

  • nagios NRPE: Unable to read output

    - by user555854
    I currently set up a script to restart my http servers + php5 fpm but can't get it to work. I have googled and have found that mostly permissions are the problems of my error but can't figure it out. I start my script using /usr/lib/nagios/plugins/check_nrpe -H bart -c restart_http This is the output in my syslog on the node I want to restart Jun 27 06:29:35 bart nrpe[8926]: Connection from 192.168.133.17 port 25028 Jun 27 06:29:35 bart nrpe[8926]: Host address is in allowed_hosts Jun 27 06:29:35 bart nrpe[8926]: Handling the connection... Jun 27 06:29:35 bart nrpe[8926]: Host is asking for command 'restart_http' to be run... Jun 27 06:29:35 bart nrpe[8926]: Running command: /usr/bin/sudo /usr/lib/nagios/plugins/http-restart Jun 27 06:29:35 bart nrpe[8926]: Command completed with return code 1 and output: Jun 27 06:29:35 bart nrpe[8926]: Return Code: 1, Output: NRPE: Unable to read output Jun 27 06:29:35 bart nrpe[8926]: Connection from 192.168.133.17 closed. If I run the command myself it runs fine (but asks for a password) (nagios user) This are the script permission and the script contents. -rwxrwxrwx 1 nagios nagios 142 Jun 26 21:41 /usr/lib/nagios/plugins/http-restart #!/bin/bash echo "ok" /etc/init.d/nginx stop /etc/init.d/nginx start /etc/init.d/php5-fpm stop /etc/init.d/php5-fpm start echo "done" I also added this line to visudo nagios ALL=(ALL) NOPASSWD: /usr/lib/nagios/plugins/ My local nagios nrpe.cfg ############################################################################# # Sample NRPE Config File # Written by: Ethan Galstad ([email protected]) # # # NOTES: # This is a sample configuration file for the NRPE daemon. It needs to be # located on the remote host that is running the NRPE daemon, not the host # from which the check_nrpe client is being executed. ############################################################################# # LOG FACILITY # The syslog facility that should be used for logging purposes. log_facility=daemon # PID FILE # The name of the file in which the NRPE daemon should write it's process ID # number. The file is only written if the NRPE daemon is started by the root # user and is running in standalone mode. pid_file=/var/run/nagios/nrpe.pid # PORT NUMBER # Port number we should wait for connections on. # NOTE: This must be a non-priviledged port (i.e. > 1024). # NOTE: This option is ignored if NRPE is running under either inetd or xinetd server_port=5666 # SERVER ADDRESS # Address that nrpe should bind to in case there are more than one interface # and you do not want nrpe to bind on all interfaces. # NOTE: This option is ignored if NRPE is running under either inetd or xinetd #server_address=127.0.0.1 # NRPE USER # This determines the effective user that the NRPE daemon should run as. # You can either supply a username or a UID. # # NOTE: This option is ignored if NRPE is running under either inetd or xinetd nrpe_user=nagios # NRPE GROUP # This determines the effective group that the NRPE daemon should run as. # You can either supply a group name or a GID. # # NOTE: This option is ignored if NRPE is running under either inetd or xinetd nrpe_group=nagios # ALLOWED HOST ADDRESSES # This is an optional comma-delimited list of IP address or hostnames # that are allowed to talk to the NRPE daemon. # # Note: The daemon only does rudimentary checking of the client's IP # address. I would highly recommend adding entries in your /etc/hosts.allow # file to allow only the specified host to connect to the port # you are running this daemon on. # # NOTE: This option is ignored if NRPE is running under either inetd or xinetd allowed_hosts=127.0.0.1,192.168.133.17 # COMMAND ARGUMENT PROCESSING # This option determines whether or not the NRPE daemon will allow clients # to specify arguments to commands that are executed. This option only works # if the daemon was configured with the --enable-command-args configure script # option. # # *** ENABLING THIS OPTION IS A SECURITY RISK! *** # Read the SECURITY file for information on some of the security implications # of enabling this variable. # # Values: 0=do not allow arguments, 1=allow command arguments dont_blame_nrpe=0 # COMMAND PREFIX # This option allows you to prefix all commands with a user-defined string. # A space is automatically added between the specified prefix string and the # command line from the command definition. # # *** THIS EXAMPLE MAY POSE A POTENTIAL SECURITY RISK, SO USE WITH CAUTION! *** # Usage scenario: # Execute restricted commmands using sudo. For this to work, you need to add # the nagios user to your /etc/sudoers. An example entry for alllowing # execution of the plugins from might be: # # nagios ALL=(ALL) NOPASSWD: /usr/lib/nagios/plugins/ # # This lets the nagios user run all commands in that directory (and only them) # without asking for a password. If you do this, make sure you don't give # random users write access to that directory or its contents! command_prefix=/usr/bin/sudo # DEBUGGING OPTION # This option determines whether or not debugging messages are logged to the # syslog facility. # Values: 0=debugging off, 1=debugging on debug=1 # COMMAND TIMEOUT # This specifies the maximum number of seconds that the NRPE daemon will # allow plugins to finish executing before killing them off. command_timeout=60 # CONNECTION TIMEOUT # This specifies the maximum number of seconds that the NRPE daemon will # wait for a connection to be established before exiting. This is sometimes # seen where a network problem stops the SSL being established even though # all network sessions are connected. This causes the nrpe daemons to # accumulate, eating system resources. Do not set this too low. connection_timeout=300 # WEEK RANDOM SEED OPTION # This directive allows you to use SSL even if your system does not have # a /dev/random or /dev/urandom (on purpose or because the necessary patches # were not applied). The random number generator will be seeded from a file # which is either a file pointed to by the environment valiable $RANDFILE # or $HOME/.rnd. If neither exists, the pseudo random number generator will # be initialized and a warning will be issued. # Values: 0=only seed from /dev/[u]random, 1=also seed from weak randomness #allow_weak_random_seed=1 # INCLUDE CONFIG FILE # This directive allows you to include definitions from an external config file. #include=<somefile.cfg> # INCLUDE CONFIG DIRECTORY # This directive allows you to include definitions from config files (with a # .cfg extension) in one or more directories (with recursion). #include_dir=<somedirectory> #include_dir=<someotherdirectory> # COMMAND DEFINITIONS # Command definitions that this daemon will run. Definitions # are in the following format: # # command[<command_name>]=<command_line> # # When the daemon receives a request to return the results of <command_name> # it will execute the command specified by the <command_line> argument. # # Unlike Nagios, the command line cannot contain macros - it must be # typed exactly as it should be executed. # # Note: Any plugins that are used in the command lines must reside # on the machine that this daemon is running on! The examples below # assume that you have plugins installed in a /usr/local/nagios/libexec # directory. Also note that you will have to modify the definitions below # to match the argument format the plugins expect. Remember, these are # examples only! # The following examples use hardcoded command arguments... command[check_users]=/usr/lib/nagios/plugins/check_users -w 5 -c 10 command[check_load]=/usr/lib/nagios/plugins/check_load -w 15,10,5 -c 30,25,20 command[check_hda1]=/usr/lib/nagios/plugins/check_disk -w 20% -c 10% -p /dev/hda1 command[check_zombie_procs]=/usr/lib/nagios/plugins/check_procs -w 5 -c 10 -s Z command[check_total_procs]=/usr/lib/nagios/plugins/check_procs -w 150 -c 200 # The following examples allow user-supplied arguments and can # only be used if the NRPE daemon was compiled with support for # command arguments *AND* the dont_blame_nrpe directive in this # config file is set to '1'. This poses a potential security risk, so # make sure you read the SECURITY file before doing this. #command[check_users]=/usr/lib/nagios/plugins/check_users -w $ARG1$ -c $ARG2$ #command[check_load]=/usr/lib/nagios/plugins/check_load -w $ARG1$ -c $ARG2$ #command[check_disk]=/usr/lib/nagios/plugins/check_disk -w $ARG1$ -c $ARG2$ -p $ARG3$ #command[check_procs]=/usr/lib/nagios/plugins/check_procs -w $ARG1$ -c $ARG2$ -s $ARG3$ command[restart_http]=/usr/lib/nagios/plugins/http-restart # # local configuration: # if you'd prefer, you can instead place directives here include=/etc/nagios/nrpe_local.cfg # # you can place your config snipplets into nrpe.d/ include_dir=/etc/nagios/nrpe.d/ My Sudoers files # /etc/sudoers # # This file MUST be edited with the 'visudo' command as root. # # See the man page for details on how to write a sudoers file. # Defaults env_reset # Host alias specification # User alias specification # Cmnd alias specification # User privilege specification root ALL=(ALL) ALL nagios ALL=(ALL) NOPASSWD: /usr/lib/nagios/plugins/ # Allow members of group sudo to execute any command # (Note that later entries override this, so you might need to move # it further down) %sudo ALL=(ALL) ALL # #includedir /etc/sudoers.d Hopefully someone can help!

    Read the article

  • The Execute SQL Task

    In this article we are going to take you through the Execute SQL Task in SQL Server Integration Services for SQL Server 2005 (although it appies just as well to SQL Server 2008).  We will be covering all the essentials that you will need to know to effectively use this task and make it as flexible as possible. The things we will be looking at are as follows: A tour of the Task. The properties of the Task. After looking at these introductory topics we will then get into some examples. The examples will show different types of usage for the task: Returning a single value from a SQL query with two input parameters. Returning a rowset from a SQL query. Executing a stored procedure and retrieveing a rowset, a return value, an output parameter value and passing in an input parameter. Passing in the SQL Statement from a variable. Passing in the SQL Statement from a file. Tour Of The Task Before we can start to use the Execute SQL Task in our packages we are going to need to locate it in the toolbox. Let's do that now. Whilst in the Control Flow section of the package expand your toolbox and locate the Execute SQL Task. Below is how we found ours. Now drag the task onto the designer. As you can see from the following image we have a validation error appear telling us that no connection manager has been assigned to the task. This can be easily remedied by creating a connection manager. There are certain types of connection manager that are compatable with this task so we cannot just create any connection manager and these are detailed in a few graphics time. Double click on the task itself to take a look at the custom user interface provided to us for this task. The task will open on the general tab as shown below. Take a bit of time to have a look around here as throughout this article we will be revisting this page many times. Whilst on the general tab, drop down the combobox next to the ConnectionType property. In here you will see the types of connection manager which this task will accept. As with SQL Server 2000 DTS, SSIS allows you to output values from this task in a number of formats. Have a look at the combobox next to the Resultset property. The major difference here is the ability to output into XML. If you drop down the combobox next to the SQLSourceType property you will see the ways in which you can pass a SQL Statement into the task itself. We will have examples of each of these later on but certainly when we saw these for the first time we were very excited. Next to the SQLStatement property if you click in the empty box next to it you will see ellipses appear. Click on them and you will see the very basic query editor that becomes available to you. Alternatively after you have specified a connection manager for the task you can click on the Build Query button to bring up a completely different query editor. This is slightly inconsistent. Once you've finished looking around the general tab, move on to the next tab which is the parameter mapping tab. We shall, again, be visiting this tab throughout the article but to give you an initial heads up this is where you define the input, output and return values from your task. Note this is not where you specify the resultset. If however you now move on to the ResultSet tab this is where you define what variable will receive the output from your SQL Statement in whatever form that is. Property Expressions are one of the most amazing things to happen in SSIS and they will not be covered here as they deserve a whole article to themselves. Watch out for this as their usefulness will astound you. For a more detailed discussion of what should be the parameter markers in the SQL Statements on the General tab and how to map them to variables on the Parameter Mapping tab see Working with Parameters and Return Codes in the Execute SQL Task. Task Properties There are two places where you can specify the properties for your task. One is in the task UI itself and the other is in the property pane which will appear if you right click on your task and select Properties from the context menu. We will be doing plenty of property setting in the UI later so let's take a moment to have a look at the property pane. Below is a graphic showing our properties pane. Now we shall take you through all the properties and tell you exactly what they mean. A lot of these properties you will see across all tasks as well as the package because of everything's base structure The Container. BypassPrepare Should the statement be prepared before sending to the connection manager destination (True/False) Connection This is simply the name of the connection manager that the task will use. We can get this from the connection manager tray at the bottom of the package. DelayValidation Really interesting property and it tells the task to not validate until it actually executes. A usage for this may be that you are operating on table yet to be created but at runtime you know the table will be there. Description Very simply the description of your Task. Disable Should the task be enabled or not? You can also set this through a context menu by right clicking on the task itself. DisableEventHandlers As a result of events that happen in the task, should the event handlers for the container fire? ExecValueVariable The variable assigned here will get or set the execution value of the task. Expressions Expressions as we mentioned earlier are a really powerful tool in SSIS and this graphic below shows us a small peek of what you can do. We select a property on the left and assign an expression to the value of that property on the right causing the value to be dynamically changed at runtime. One of the most obvious uses of this is that the property value can be built dynamically from within the package allowing you a great deal of flexibility FailPackageOnFailure If this task fails does the package? FailParentOnFailure If this task fails does the parent container? A task can he hosted inside another container i.e. the For Each Loop Container and this would then be the parent. ForcedExecutionValue This property allows you to hard code an execution value for the task. ForcedExecutionValueType What is the datatype of the ForcedExecutionValue? ForceExecutionResult Force the task to return a certain execution result. This could then be used by the workflow constraints. Possible values are None, Success, Failure and Completion. ForceExecutionValue Should we force the execution result? IsolationLevel This is the transaction isolation level of the task. IsStoredProcedure Certain optimisations are made by the task if it knows that the query is a Stored Procedure invocation. The docs say this will always be false unless the connection is an ADO connection. LocaleID Gets or sets the LocaleID of the container. LoggingMode Should we log for this container and what settings should we use? The value choices are UseParentSetting, Enabled and Disabled. MaximumErrorCount How many times can the task fail before we call it a day? Name Very simply the name of the task. ResultSetType How do you want the results of your query returned? The choices are ResultSetType_None, ResultSetType_SingleRow, ResultSetType_Rowset and ResultSetType_XML. SqlStatementSource Your Query/SQL Statement. SqlStatementSourceType The method of specifying the query. Your choices here are DirectInput, FileConnection and Variables TimeOut How long should the task wait to receive results? TransactionOption How should the task handle being asked to join a transaction? Usage Examples As we move through the examples we will only cover in them what we think you must know and what we think you should see. This means that some of the more elementary steps like setting up variables will be covered in the early examples but skipped and simply referred to in later ones. All these examples used the AventureWorks database that comes with SQL Server 2005. Returning a Single Value, Passing in Two Input Parameters So the first thing we are going to do is add some variables to our package. The graphic below shows us those variables having been defined. Here the CountOfEmployees variable will be used as the output from the query and EndDate and StartDate will be used as input parameters. As you can see all these variables have been scoped to the package. Scoping allows us to have domains for variables. Each container has a scope and remember a package is a container as well. Variable values of the parent container can be seen in child containers but cannot be passed back up to the parent from a child. Our following graphic has had a number of changes made. The first of those changes is that we have created and assigned an OLEDB connection manager to this Task ExecuteSQL Task Connection. The next thing is we have made sure that the SQLSourceType property is set to Direct Input as we will be writing in our statement ourselves. We have also specified that only a single row will be returned from this query. The expressions we typed in was: SELECT COUNT(*) AS CountOfEmployees FROM HumanResources.Employee WHERE (HireDate BETWEEN ? AND ?) Moving on now to the Parameter Mapping tab this is where we are going to tell the task about our input paramaters. We Add them to the window specifying their direction and datatype. A quick word here about the structure of the variable name. As you can see SSIS has preceeded the variable with the word user. This is a default namespace for variables but you can create your own. When defining your variables if you look at the variables window title bar you will see some icons. If you hover over the last one on the right you will see it says "Choose Variable Columns". If you click the button you will see a list of checkbox options and one of them is namespace. after checking this you will see now where you can define your own namespace. The next tab, result set, is where we need to get back the value(s) returned from our statement and assign to a variable which in our case is CountOfEmployees so we can use it later perhaps. Because we are only returning a single value then if you remember from earlier we are allowed to assign a name to the resultset but it must be the name of the column (or alias) from the query. A really cool feature of Business Intelligence Studio being hosted by Visual Studio is that we get breakpoint support for free. In our package we set a Breakpoint so we can break the package and have a look in a watch window at the variable values as they appear to our task and what the variable value of our resultset is after the task has done the assignment. Here's that window now. As you can see the count of employess that matched the data range was 2. Returning a Rowset In this example we are going to return a resultset back to a variable after the task has executed not just a single row single value. There are no input parameters required so the variables window is nice and straight forward. One variable of type object. Here is the statement that will form the soure for our Resultset. select p.ProductNumber, p.name, pc.Name as ProductCategoryNameFROM Production.ProductCategory pcJOIN Production.ProductSubCategory pscON pc.ProductCategoryID = psc.ProductCategoryIDJOIN Production.Product pON psc.ProductSubCategoryID = p.ProductSubCategoryID We need to make sure that we have selected Full result set as the ResultSet as shown below on the task's General tab. Because there are no input parameters we can skip the parameter mapping tab and move straight to the Result Set tab. Here we need to Add our variable defined earlier and map it to the result name of 0 (remember we covered this earlier) Once we run the task we can again set a breakpoint and have a look at the values coming back from the task. In the following graphic you can see the result set returned to us as a COM object. We can do some pretty interesting things with this COM object and in later articles that is exactly what we shall be doing. Return Values, Input/Output Parameters and Returning a Rowset from a Stored Procedure This example is pretty much going to give us a taste of everything. We have already covered in the previous example how to specify the ResultSet to be a Full result set so we will not cover it again here. For this example we are going to need 4 variables. One for the return value, one for the input parameter, one for the output parameter and one for the result set. Here is the statement we want to execute. Note how much cleaner it is than if you wanted to do it using the current version of DTS. In the Parameter Mapping tab we are going to Add our variables and specify their direction and datatypes. In the Result Set tab we can now map our final variable to the rowset returned from the stored procedure. It really is as simple as that and we were amazed at how much easier it is than in DTS 2000. Passing in the SQL Statement from a Variable SSIS as we have mentioned is hugely more flexible than its predecessor and one of the things you will notice when moving around the tasks and the adapters is that a lot of them accept a variable as an input for something they need. The ExecuteSQL task is no different. It will allow us to pass in a string variable as the SQL Statement. This variable value could have been set earlier on from inside the package or it could have been populated from outside using a configuration. The ResultSet property is set to single row and we'll show you why in a second when we look at the variables. Note also the SQLSourceType property. Here's the General Tab again. Looking at the variable we have in this package you can see we have only two. One for the return value from the statement and one which is obviously for the statement itself. Again we need to map the Result name to our variable and this can be a named Result Name (The column name or alias returned by the query) and not 0. The expected result into our variable should be the amount of rows in the Person.Contact table and if we look in the watch window we see that it is.   Passing in the SQL Statement from a File The final example we are going to show is a really interesting one. We are going to pass in the SQL statement to the task by using a file connection manager. The file itself contains the statement to run. The first thing we are going to need to do is create our file connection mananger to point to our file. Click in the connections tray at the bottom of the designer, right click and choose "New File Connection" As you can see in the graphic below we have chosen to use an existing file and have passed in the name as well. Have a look around at the other "Usage Type" values available whilst you are here. Having set that up we can now see in the connection manager tray our file connection manager sitting alongside our OLE-DB connection we have been using for the rest of these examples. Now we can go back to the familiar General Tab to set up how the task will accept our file connection as the source. All the other properties in this task are set up exactly as we have been doing for other examples depending on the options chosen so we will not cover them again here.   We hope you will agree that the Execute SQL Task has changed considerably in this release from its DTS predecessor. It has a lot of options available but once you have configured it a few times you get to learn what needs to go where. We hope you have found this article useful.

    Read the article

  • Another "Windows 7 entry missing from Grub2" Question

    - by 4x10
    Like many before me had the following problem that after installing Ubuntu (with windows 7 already installed), the grub boot loader wouldnt show windows 7 as a boot option, though i can boot fine if I use the "Choose Boot Device" options on the x220. The difference is that I try using UEFI only so many answers didn't really fit my problem, though i tried several stuffs: after running boot repair it destroyed the ubuntu boot loader custom entry in /etc/grub.d/40_custom for windows which doesnt show up many update-grub and reboots trying windows repair recovery thing while being there i also did bootrec.exe /FixBoot and update-grub and reboot again and finaly because it was so much fun, i installed linux all over again, while formatting and deleting everything linux related before that. Now that i think of it, Ubuntu also didn't notice Windows being there during the Setup and it still doesnt according to the Boot Info from Boot Repair. Boot Info Script 0.61-git-patched [23 April 2012] ============================= Boot Info Summary: =============================== => No boot loader is installed in the MBR of /dev/sda. sda1: __________________________________________________________________________ File system: vfat Boot sector type: Windows 7: FAT32 Boot sector info: No errors found in the Boot Parameter Block. Operating System: Boot files: /efi/Boot/bootx64.efi /efi/ubuntu/grubx64.efi sda2: __________________________________________________________________________ File system: Boot sector type: - Boot sector info: Mounting failed: mount: unknown filesystem type '' sda3: __________________________________________________________________________ File system: ntfs Boot sector type: Windows Vista/7: NTFS Boot sector info: No errors found in the Boot Parameter Block. Operating System: Windows 7 Boot files: /Windows/System32/winload.exe sda4: __________________________________________________________________________ File system: ext4 Boot sector type: - Boot sector info: Operating System: Ubuntu precise (development branch) Boot files: /boot/grub/grub.cfg /etc/fstab sda5: __________________________________________________________________________ File system: ext4 Boot sector type: - Boot sector info: Operating System: Boot files: sda6: __________________________________________________________________________ File system: swap Boot sector type: - Boot sector info: ============================ Drive/Partition Info: ============================= Drive: sda _____________________________________________________________________ Disk /dev/sda: 320.1 GB, 320072933376 bytes 255 heads, 63 sectors/track, 38913 cylinders, total 625142448 sectors Units = sectors of 1 * 512 = 512 bytes Sector size (logical/physical): 512 bytes / 512 bytes Partition Boot Start Sector End Sector # of Sectors Id System /dev/sda1 1 625,142,447 625,142,447 ee GPT GUID Partition Table detected. Partition Start Sector End Sector # of Sectors System /dev/sda1 2,048 206,847 204,800 EFI System partition /dev/sda2 206,848 468,991 262,144 Microsoft Reserved Partition (Windows) /dev/sda3 468,992 170,338,303 169,869,312 Data partition (Windows/Linux) /dev/sda4 170,338,304 330,338,304 160,000,001 Data partition (Windows/Linux) /dev/sda5 330,338,305 617,141,039 286,802,735 Data partition (Windows/Linux) /dev/sda6 617,141,040 625,141,040 8,000,001 Swap partition (Linux) "blkid" output: ________________________________________________________________ Device UUID TYPE LABEL /dev/sda1 885C-ED1B vfat /dev/sda3 EE06CC0506CBCCB1 ntfs /dev/sda4 604dd3b2-64ca-4200-b8fb-820e8d0ca899 ext4 /dev/sda5 d62515fd-8120-4a74-b17b-0bdf244124a3 ext4 /dev/sda6 7078b649-fb2a-4c59-bd03-fd31ef440d37 swap ================================ Mount points: ================================= Device Mount_Point Type Options /dev/sda1 /boot/efi vfat (rw) /dev/sda4 / ext4 (rw,errors=remount-ro) /dev/sda5 /home ext4 (rw) =========================== sda4/boot/grub/grub.cfg: =========================== -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- # # DO NOT EDIT THIS FILE # # It is automatically generated by grub-mkconfig using templates # from /etc/grub.d and settings from /etc/default/grub # ### BEGIN /etc/grub.d/00_header ### if [ -s $prefix/grubenv ]; then set have_grubenv=true load_env fi set default="0" if [ "${prev_saved_entry}" ]; then set saved_entry="${prev_saved_entry}" save_env saved_entry set prev_saved_entry= save_env prev_saved_entry set boot_once=true fi function savedefault { if [ -z "${boot_once}" ]; then saved_entry="${chosen}" save_env saved_entry fi } function recordfail { set recordfail=1 if [ -n "${have_grubenv}" ]; then if [ -z "${boot_once}" ]; then save_env recordfail; fi; fi } function load_video { insmod efi_gop insmod efi_uga insmod video_bochs insmod video_cirrus } insmod part_gpt insmod ext2 set root='(hd0,gpt4)' search --no-floppy --fs-uuid --set=root 604dd3b2-64ca-4200-b8fb-820e8d0ca899 if loadfont /usr/share/grub/unicode.pf2 ; then set gfxmode=auto load_video insmod gfxterm insmod part_gpt insmod ext2 set root='(hd0,gpt4)' search --no-floppy --fs-uuid --set=root 604dd3b2-64ca-4200-b8fb-820e8d0ca899 set locale_dir=($root)/boot/grub/locale set lang=en_US insmod gettext fi terminal_output gfxterm if [ "${recordfail}" = 1 ]; then set timeout=-1 else set timeout=10 fi ### END /etc/grub.d/00_header ### ### BEGIN /etc/grub.d/05_debian_theme ### set menu_color_normal=white/black set menu_color_highlight=black/light-gray if background_color 44,0,30; then clear fi ### END /etc/grub.d/05_debian_theme ### ### BEGIN /etc/grub.d/10_linux ### function gfxmode { set gfxpayload="$1" if [ "$1" = "keep" ]; then set vt_handoff=vt.handoff=7 else set vt_handoff= fi } if [ ${recordfail} != 1 ]; then if [ -e ${prefix}/gfxblacklist.txt ]; then if hwmatch ${prefix}/gfxblacklist.txt 3; then if [ ${match} = 0 ]; then set linux_gfx_mode=keep else set linux_gfx_mode=text fi else set linux_gfx_mode=text fi else set linux_gfx_mode=keep fi else set linux_gfx_mode=text fi export linux_gfx_mode if [ "$linux_gfx_mode" != "text" ]; then load_video; fi menuentry 'Ubuntu, with Linux 3.2.0-20-generic' --class ubuntu --class gnu-linux --class gnu --class os { recordfail gfxmode $linux_gfx_mode insmod gzio insmod part_gpt insmod ext2 set root='(hd0,gpt4)' search --no-floppy --fs-uuid --set=root 604dd3b2-64ca-4200-b8fb-820e8d0ca899 linux /boot/vmlinuz-3.2.0-20-generic root=UUID=604dd3b2-64ca-4200-b8fb-820e8d0ca899 ro quiet splash $vt_handoff initrd /boot/initrd.img-3.2.0-20-generic } menuentry 'Ubuntu, with Linux 3.2.0-20-generic (recovery mode)' --class ubuntu --class gnu-linux --class gnu --class os { recordfail insmod gzio insmod part_gpt insmod ext2 set root='(hd0,gpt4)' search --no-floppy --fs-uuid --set=root 604dd3b2-64ca-4200-b8fb-820e8d0ca899 echo 'Loading Linux 3.2.0-20-generic ...' linux /boot/vmlinuz-3.2.0-20-generic root=UUID=604dd3b2-64ca-4200-b8fb-820e8d0ca899 ro recovery nomodeset echo 'Loading initial ramdisk ...' initrd /boot/initrd.img-3.2.0-20-generic } ### END /etc/grub.d/10_linux ### ### BEGIN /etc/grub.d/20_linux_xen ### ### END /etc/grub.d/20_linux_xen ### ### BEGIN /etc/grub.d/20_memtest86+ ### menuentry "Memory test (memtest86+)" { insmod part_gpt insmod ext2 set root='(hd0,gpt4)' search --no-floppy --fs-uuid --set=root 604dd3b2-64ca-4200-b8fb-820e8d0ca899 linux16 /boot/memtest86+.bin } menuentry "Memory test (memtest86+, serial console 115200)" { insmod part_gpt insmod ext2 set root='(hd0,gpt4)' search --no-floppy --fs-uuid --set=root 604dd3b2-64ca-4200-b8fb-820e8d0ca899 linux16 /boot/memtest86+.bin console=ttyS0,115200n8 } ### END /etc/grub.d/20_memtest86+ ### ### BEGIN /etc/grub.d/30_os-prober ### ### END /etc/grub.d/30_os-prober ### ### BEGIN /etc/grub.d/40_custom ### # This file provides an easy way to add custom menu entries. Simply type the # menu entries you want to add after this comment. Be careful not to change # the 'exec tail' line above. ### END /etc/grub.d/40_custom ### ### BEGIN /etc/grub.d/41_custom ### if [ -f $prefix/custom.cfg ]; then source $prefix/custom.cfg; fi ### END /etc/grub.d/41_custom ### -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- =============================== sda4/etc/fstab: ================================ -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- # /etc/fstab: static file system information. # # Use 'blkid' to print the universally unique identifier for a # device; this may be used with UUID= as a more robust way to name devices # that works even if disks are added and removed. See fstab(5). # # <file system> <mount point> <type> <options> <dump> <pass> proc /proc proc nodev,noexec,nosuid 0 0 # / was on /dev/sda4 during installation UUID=604dd3b2-64ca-4200-b8fb-820e8d0ca899 / ext4 errors=remount-ro 0 1 # /boot/efi was on /dev/sda1 during installation UUID=885C-ED1B /boot/efi vfat defaults 0 1 # /home was on /dev/sda5 during installation UUID=d62515fd-8120-4a74-b17b-0bdf244124a3 /home ext4 defaults 0 2 # swap was on /dev/sda6 during installation UUID=7078b649-fb2a-4c59-bd03-fd31ef440d37 none swap sw 0 0 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- =================== sda4: Location of files loaded by Grub: ==================== GiB - GB File Fragment(s) 129.422874451 = 138.966753280 boot/grub/grub.cfg 1 83.059570312 = 89.184534528 boot/initrd.img-3.2.0-20-generic 2 101.393131256 = 108.870045696 boot/vmlinuz-3.2.0-20-generic 1 83.059570312 = 89.184534528 initrd.img 2 101.393131256 = 108.870045696 vmlinuz 1 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION : =================== log of boot-repair 2012-04-25__23h40 =================== boot-repair version : 3.18-0ppa3~precise boot-sav version : 3.18-0ppa4~precise glade2script version : 0.3.2.1-0ppa7~precise internet: connected python-software-properties version : 0.82.7 0 upgraded, 0 newly installed, 1 reinstalled, 0 to remove and 591 not upgraded. dpkg-preconfigure: unable to re-open stdin: No such file or directory boot-repair is executed in installed-session (Ubuntu precise (development branch) , precise , Ubuntu , x86_64) WARNING: GPT (GUID Partition Table) detected on '/dev/sda'! The util fdisk doesn't support GPT. Use GNU Parted. =================== OSPROBER: /dev/sda4:The OS now in use - Ubuntu precise (development branch) CurrentSession:linux =================== BLKID: /dev/sda3: UUID="EE06CC0506CBCCB1" TYPE="ntfs" /dev/sda1: UUID="885C-ED1B" TYPE="vfat" /dev/sda4: UUID="604dd3b2-64ca-4200-b8fb-820e8d0ca899" TYPE="ext4" /dev/sda5: UUID="d62515fd-8120-4a74-b17b-0bdf244124a3" TYPE="ext4" /dev/sda6: UUID="7078b649-fb2a-4c59-bd03-fd31ef440d37" TYPE="swap" 1 disks with OS, 1 OS : 1 Linux, 0 MacOS, 0 Windows, 0 unknown type OS. WARNING: GPT (GUID Partition Table) detected on '/dev/sda'! The util sfdisk doesn't support GPT. Use GNU Parted. =================== /etc/default/grub : # If you change this file, run 'update-grub' afterwards to update # /boot/grub/grub.cfg. # For full documentation of the options in this file, see: # info -f grub -n 'Simple configuration' GRUB_DEFAULT=0 #GRUB_HIDDEN_TIMEOUT=0 #GRUB_HIDDEN_TIMEOUT_QUIET=true GRUB_TIMEOUT=10 GRUB_DISTRIBUTOR=`lsb_release -i -s 2> /dev/null || echo Debian` GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX_DEFAULT="quiet splash" GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX="" # Uncomment to enable BadRAM filtering, modify to suit your needs # This works with Linux (no patch required) and with any kernel that obtains # the memory map information from GRUB (GNU Mach, kernel of FreeBSD ...) #GRUB_BADRAM="0x01234567,0xfefefefe,0x89abcdef,0xefefefef" # Uncomment to disable graphical terminal (grub-pc only) #GRUB_TERMINAL=console # The resolution used on graphical terminal # note that you can use only modes which your graphic card supports via VBE # you can see them in real GRUB with the command `vbeinfo' #GRUB_GFXMODE=640x480 # Uncomment if you don't want GRUB to pass "root=UUID=xxx" parameter to Linux #GRUB_DISABLE_LINUX_UUID=true # Uncomment to disable generation of recovery mode menu entries #GRUB_DISABLE_RECOVERY="true" # Uncomment to get a beep at grub start #GRUB_INIT_TUNE="480 440 1" EFI_OF_PART[1] (, ) =================== dmesg | grep EFI : [ 0.000000] EFI v2.00 by Lenovo [ 0.000000] Kernel-defined memdesc doesn't match the one from EFI! [ 0.000000] EFI: mem00: type=3, attr=0xf, range=[0x0000000000000000-0x0000000000001000) (0MB) [ 0.000000] EFI: mem01: type=7, attr=0xf, range=[0x0000000000001000-0x000000000004e000) (0MB) [ 0.000000] EFI: mem02: type=3, attr=0xf, range=[0x000000000004e000-0x0000000000058000) (0MB) [ 0.000000] EFI: mem03: type=10, attr=0xf, range=[0x0000000000058000-0x0000000000059000) (0MB) [ 0.000000] EFI: mem04: type=7, attr=0xf, range=[0x0000000000059000-0x000000000005e000) (0MB) [ 0.000000] EFI: mem05: type=4, attr=0xf, range=[0x000000000005e000-0x000000000005f000) (0MB) [ 0.000000] EFI: mem06: type=3, attr=0xf, range=[0x000000000005f000-0x00000000000a0000) (0MB) [ 0.000000] EFI: mem07: type=2, attr=0xf, range=[0x0000000000100000-0x00000000005b9000) (4MB) [ 0.000000] EFI: mem08: type=7, attr=0xf, range=[0x00000000005b9000-0x0000000020000000) (506MB) [ 0.000000] EFI: mem09: type=0, attr=0xf, range=[0x0000000020000000-0x0000000020200000) (2MB) [ 0.000000] EFI: mem10: type=7, attr=0xf, range=[0x0000000020200000-0x00000000364e4000) (354MB) [ 0.000000] EFI: mem11: type=2, attr=0xf, range=[0x00000000364e4000-0x000000003726a000) (13MB) [ 0.000000] EFI: mem12: type=7, attr=0xf, range=[0x000000003726a000-0x0000000040000000) (141MB) [ 0.000000] EFI: mem13: type=0, attr=0xf, range=[0x0000000040000000-0x0000000040200000) (2MB) [ 0.000000] EFI: mem14: type=7, attr=0xf, range=[0x0000000040200000-0x000000009df35000) (1501MB) [ 0.000000] EFI: mem15: type=2, attr=0xf, range=[0x000000009df35000-0x00000000d39a0000) (858MB) [ 0.000000] EFI: mem16: type=4, attr=0xf, range=[0x00000000d39a0000-0x00000000d39c0000) (0MB) [ 0.000000] EFI: mem17: type=7, attr=0xf, range=[0x00000000d39c0000-0x00000000d5df5000) (36MB) [ 0.000000] EFI: mem18: type=4, attr=0xf, range=[0x00000000d5df5000-0x00000000d6990000) (11MB) [ 0.000000] EFI: mem19: type=7, attr=0xf, range=[0x00000000d6990000-0x00000000d6b82000) (1MB) [ 0.000000] EFI: mem20: type=1, attr=0xf, range=[0x00000000d6b82000-0x00000000d6b9f000) (0MB) [ 0.000000] EFI: mem21: type=7, attr=0xf, range=[0x00000000d6b9f000-0x00000000d77b0000) (12MB) [ 0.000000] EFI: mem22: type=4, attr=0xf, range=[0x00000000d77b0000-0x00000000d780a000) (0MB) [ 0.000000] EFI: mem23: type=7, attr=0xf, range=[0x00000000d780a000-0x00000000d7826000) (0MB) [ 0.000000] EFI: mem24: type=4, attr=0xf, range=[0x00000000d7826000-0x00000000d7868000) (0MB) [ 0.000000] EFI: mem25: type=7, attr=0xf, range=[0x00000000d7868000-0x00000000d7869000) (0MB) [ 0.000000] EFI: mem26: type=4, attr=0xf, range=[0x00000000d7869000-0x00000000d786a000) (0MB) [ 0.000000] EFI: mem27: type=7, attr=0xf, range=[0x00000000d786a000-0x00000000d786b000) (0MB) [ 0.000000] EFI: mem28: type=4, attr=0xf, range=[0x00000000d786b000-0x00000000d786c000) (0MB) [ 0.000000] EFI: mem29: type=7, attr=0xf, range=[0x00000000d786c000-0x00000000d786d000) (0MB) [ 0.000000] EFI: mem30: type=4, attr=0xf, range=[0x00000000d786d000-0x00000000d825f000) (9MB) [ 0.000000] EFI: mem31: type=7, attr=0xf, range=[0x00000000d825f000-0x00000000d8261000) (0MB) [ 0.000000] EFI: mem32: type=4, attr=0xf, range=[0x00000000d8261000-0x00000000d82f7000) (0MB) [ 0.000000] EFI: mem33: type=7, attr=0xf, range=[0x00000000d82f7000-0x00000000d82f8000) (0MB) [ 0.000000] EFI: mem34: type=4, attr=0xf, range=[0x00000000d82f8000-0x00000000d8705000) (4MB) [ 0.000000] EFI: mem35: type=7, attr=0xf, range=[0x00000000d8705000-0x00000000d8706000) (0MB) [ 0.000000] EFI: mem36: type=4, attr=0xf, range=[0x00000000d8706000-0x00000000d8761000) (0MB) [ 0.000000] EFI: mem37: type=7, attr=0xf, range=[0x00000000d8761000-0x00000000d8768000) (0MB) [ 0.000000] EFI: mem38: type=4, attr=0xf, range=[0x00000000d8768000-0x00000000d9b9f000) (20MB) [ 0.000000] EFI: mem39: type=7, attr=0xf, range=[0x00000000d9b9f000-0x00000000d9e4c000) (2MB) [ 0.000000] EFI: mem40: type=2, attr=0xf, range=[0x00000000d9e4c000-0x00000000d9e52000) (0MB) [ 0.000000] EFI: mem41: type=3, attr=0xf, range=[0x00000000d9e52000-0x00000000da59f000) (7MB) [ 0.000000] EFI: mem42: type=5, attr=0x800000000000000f, range=[0x00000000da59f000-0x00000000da6c3000) (1MB) [ 0.000000] EFI: mem43: type=5, attr=0x800000000000000f, range=[0x00000000da6c3000-0x00000000da79f000) (0MB) [ 0.000000] EFI: mem44: type=6, attr=0x800000000000000f, range=[0x00000000da79f000-0x00000000da8b1000) (1MB) [ 0.000000] EFI: mem45: type=6, attr=0x800000000000000f, range=[0x00000000da8b1000-0x00000000da99f000) (0MB) [ 0.000000] EFI: mem46: type=0, attr=0xf, range=[0x00000000da99f000-0x00000000daa22000) (0MB) [ 0.000000] EFI: mem47: type=0, attr=0xf, range=[0x00000000daa22000-0x00000000daa9b000) (0MB) [ 0.000000] EFI: mem48: type=0, attr=0xf, range=[0x00000000daa9b000-0x00000000daa9c000) (0MB) [ 0.000000] EFI: mem49: type=0, attr=0xf, range=[0x00000000daa9c000-0x00000000daa9f000) (0MB) [ 0.000000] EFI: mem50: type=10, attr=0xf, range=[0x00000000daa9f000-0x00000000daadd000) (0MB) [ 0.000000] EFI: mem51: type=10, attr=0xf, range=[0x00000000daadd000-0x00000000dab9f000) (0MB) [ 0.000000] EFI: mem52: type=9, attr=0xf, range=[0x00000000dab9f000-0x00000000dabdc000) (0MB) [ 0.000000] EFI: mem53: type=9, attr=0xf, range=[0x00000000dabdc000-0x00000000dabff000) (0MB) [ 0.000000] EFI: mem54: type=4, attr=0xf, range=[0x00000000dabff000-0x00000000dac00000) (0MB) [ 0.000000] EFI: mem55: type=7, attr=0xf, range=[0x0000000100000000-0x000000021e600000) (4582MB) [ 0.000000] EFI: mem56: type=11, attr=0x8000000000000001, range=[0x00000000f80f8000-0x00000000f80f9000) (0MB) [ 0.000000] EFI: mem57: type=11, attr=0x8000000000000001, range=[0x00000000fed1c000-0x00000000fed20000) (0MB) [ 0.000000] ACPI: UEFI 00000000dabde000 0003E (v01 LENOVO TP-8D 00001280 PTL 00000002) [ 0.000000] ACPI: UEFI 00000000dabdd000 00042 (v01 PTL COMBUF 00000001 PTL 00000001) [ 0.000000] ACPI: UEFI 00000000dabdc000 00292 (v01 LENOVO TP-8D 00001280 PTL 00000002) [ 0.795807] fb0: EFI VGA frame buffer device [ 1.057243] EFI Variables Facility v0.08 2004-May-17 [ 9.122104] fb: conflicting fb hw usage inteldrmfb vs EFI VGA - removing generic driver ReadEFI: /dev/sda , N 128 , 0 , , PRStart 1024 , PRSize 128 WARNING: GPT (GUID Partition Table) detected on '/dev/sda'! The util fdisk doesn't support GPT. Use GNU Parted. =================== PARTITIONS & DISKS: sda4 : sda, not-sepboot, grubenv-ok grub2, grub-efi, update-grub, 64, with-boot, is-os, gpt-but-not-EFI, fstab-has-bad-efi, no-nt, no-winload, no-recov-nor-hid, no-bmgr, no-grldr, no-b-bcd, apt-get, grub-install, . sda3 : sda, maybesepboot, no-grubenv nogrub, no-docgrub, no-update-grub, 32, no-boot, no-os, gpt-but-not-EFI, part-has-no-fstab, no-nt, haswinload, no-recov-nor-hid, no-bmgr, no-grldr, no-b-bcd, nopakmgr, nogrubinstall, /mnt/boot-sav/sda3. sda1 : sda, maybesepboot, no-grubenv nogrub, no-docgrub, no-update-grub, 32, no-boot, no-os, is-correct-EFI, part-has-no-fstab, no-nt, no-winload, no-recov-nor-hid, no-bmgr, no-grldr, no-b-bcd, nopakmgr, nogrubinstall, /boot/efi. sda5 : sda, maybesepboot, no-grubenv nogrub, no-docgrub, no-update-grub, 32, no-boot, no-os, gpt-but-not-EFI, part-has-no-fstab, no-nt, no-winload, no-recov-nor-hid, no-bmgr, no-grldr, no-b-bcd, nopakmgr, nogrubinstall, /home. sda : GPT-BIS, GPT, no-BIOS_boot, has-correctEFI, 2048 sectors * 512 bytes =================== PARTED: Model: ATA HITACHI HTS72323 (scsi) Disk /dev/sda: 320GB Sector size (logical/physical): 512B/512B Partition Table: gpt Number Start End Size File system Name Flags 1 1049kB 106MB 105MB fat32 EFI system partition boot 2 106MB 240MB 134MB Microsoft reserved partition msftres 3 240MB 87.2GB 87.0GB ntfs Basic data partition 4 87.2GB 169GB 81.9GB ext4 5 169GB 316GB 147GB ext4 6 316GB 320GB 4096MB linux-swap(v1) =================== MOUNT: /dev/sda4 on / type ext4 (rw,errors=remount-ro) proc on /proc type proc (rw,noexec,nosuid,nodev) sysfs on /sys type sysfs (rw,noexec,nosuid,nodev) none on /sys/fs/fuse/connections type fusectl (rw) none on /sys/kernel/debug type debugfs (rw) none on /sys/kernel/security type securityfs (rw) udev on /dev type devtmpfs (rw,mode=0755) devpts on /dev/pts type devpts (rw,noexec,nosuid,gid=5,mode=0620) tmpfs on /run type tmpfs (rw,noexec,nosuid,size=10%,mode=0755) none on /run/lock type tmpfs (rw,noexec,nosuid,nodev,size=5242880) none on /run/shm type tmpfs (rw,nosuid,nodev) /dev/sda1 on /boot/efi type vfat (rw) /dev/sda5 on /home type ext4 (rw) gvfs-fuse-daemon on /home/vierlex/.gvfs type fuse.gvfs-fuse-daemon (rw,nosuid,nodev,user=vierlex) /dev/sda3 on /mnt/boot-sav/sda3 type fuseblk (rw,nosuid,nodev,allow_other,blksize=4096) /sys/block/sda: alignment_offset bdi capability dev device discard_alignment events events_async events_poll_msecs ext_range holders inflight power queue range removable ro sda1 sda2 sda3 sda4 sda5 sda6 size slaves stat subsystem trace uevent /dev: agpgart autofs block bsg btrfs-control bus char console core cpu cpu_dma_latency disk dri ecryptfs fb0 fd full fuse hpet input kmsg log mapper mcelog mei mem net network_latency network_throughput null oldmem port ppp psaux ptmx pts random rfkill rtc rtc0 sda sda1 sda2 sda3 sda4 sda5 sda6 sg0 shm snapshot snd stderr stdin stdout tpm0 uinput urandom usbmon0 usbmon1 usbmon2 v4l vga_arbiter video0 watchdog zero /dev/mapper: control /boot/efi: EFI /boot/efi/EFI: Boot Microsoft ubuntu /boot/efi/efi: Boot Microsoft ubuntu /boot/efi/efi/Boot: bootx64.efi /boot/efi/efi/ubuntu: grubx64.efi WARNING: GPT (GUID Partition Table) detected on '/dev/sda'! The util fdisk doesn't support GPT. Use GNU Parted. =================== DF: Filesystem Type Size Used Avail Use% Mounted on /dev/sda4 ext4 77G 4.1G 69G 6% / udev devtmpfs 3.9G 12K 3.9G 1% /dev tmpfs tmpfs 1.6G 864K 1.6G 1% /run none tmpfs 5.0M 0 5.0M 0% /run/lock none tmpfs 3.9G 152K 3.9G 1% /run/shm /dev/sda1 vfat 96M 18M 79M 19% /boot/efi /dev/sda5 ext4 137G 2.2G 128G 2% /home /dev/sda3 fuseblk 81G 30G 52G 37% /mnt/boot-sav/sda3 =================== FDISK: Disk /dev/sda: 320.1 GB, 320072933376 bytes 255 heads, 63 sectors/track, 38913 cylinders, total 625142448 sectors Units = sectors of 1 * 512 = 512 bytes Sector size (logical/physical): 512 bytes / 512 bytes I/O size (minimum/optimal): 512 bytes / 512 bytes Disk identifier: 0xf34fe538 Device Boot Start End Blocks Id System /dev/sda1 1 625142447 312571223+ ee GPT =================== Before mainwindow FSCK no PASTEBIN yes WUBI no WINBOOT yes recommendedrepair, purge, QTY_OF_PART_FOR_REINSTAL 1 no-kernel-purge UNHIDEBOOT_ACTION yes (10s), noflag () PART_TO_REINSTALL_GRUB sda4, FORCE_GRUB no (sda) REMOVABLEDISK no USE_SEPARATEBOOTPART no (sda3) grub2 () UNCOMMENT_GFXMODE no ATA ADD_KERNEL_OPTION no (acpi=off) MBR_TO_RESTORE ( ) EFI detected. Please check the options. =================== Actions FSCK no PASTEBIN yes WUBI no WINBOOT no bootinfo, nombraction, QTY_OF_PART_FOR_REINSTAL 1 no-kernel-purge UNHIDEBOOT_ACTION no (10s), noflag () PART_TO_REINSTALL_GRUB sda4, FORCE_GRUB no (sda) REMOVABLEDISK no USE_SEPARATEBOOTPART no (sda3) grub2 () UNCOMMENT_GFXMODE no ATA ADD_KERNEL_OPTION no (acpi=off) MBR_TO_RESTORE ( ) No change has been performed on your computer. See you soon! internet: connected Thanks for your time and attention. EDIT: additional Info Request =No boot loader is installed in the MBR of /dev/sda. But maybe this is how it is supposed to work? yea this is ok. boot stuff seems to be on a seperate partition, in my case sda1. I'm very new to this UEFI thing too. missing files like bootmgr i don't really have a clue :D but yea, maybe thats how it suppose to be? Instead and whats not shown in the log for some reason: There is additional microsoft bootfiles on sda1 under /efi/microsoft/ [much stuff] I remember also doing some kind of hack to make a UEFI windows 7 usb stick. http://jake.io/b/2011/installing-windows-7-with-uefi-boot-on-an-x220-from-usb/ In short: creating and placing bootx64.efi on the stick so it can be booted in UEFI mode. boot order i decide that in my BIOS. i read somwhere that the thinkpad x220 (essential part of the serial number: 4921 http://www.lenovo.com/shop/americas/content/user_guides/x220_x220i_x220tablet_x220itablet_ug_en.pdf) doesnt really have UEFI interface or something, still, these 2 options are listed with all the other usual devices you can give a boot priority to. Right now it looks like this: Boot Priority Order 1. ubuntu 2. Windows Boot Manager 3. USB FDD 4. USB HDD 5. ATA HDD0 HITACHI [random string]

    Read the article

  • Jolicloud is a Nifty New OS for Your Netbook

    - by Matthew Guay
    Want to breathe new life into your netbook?  Here’s a quick look at Jolicloud, a unique new Linux based OS that lets you use your netbook in a whole new way. Netbooks have been an interesting category of computers.  When they were first released, most netbooks came with a stripped down Linux based operating system designed to let you easily access the internet first and foremost.  Consumers wanted more from their netbooks, so full OSes such as Windows XP and Ubuntu became the standard on netbooks.  Microsoft worked hard to get Windows 7 working great on netbooks, and today most netbooks run Windows 7 great.  But the Linux community hasn’t stood still either, and Jolicloud is proof of that.  Jolicloud is a unique OS designed to bring the best of both webapps and standard programs to your netbook.   Keep reading to see if this is the perfect netbook OS for you. Getting Started Installing Jolicloud on your netbook is easy thanks to a the Jolicloud Express installer for Windows.  Since many netbooks run Windows by default, this makes it easy to install Jolicloud.  Plus, your Windows install is left untouched, so you can still easily access all your Windows files and programs. Download and run the roughly 700Mb installer (link below) just as a normal installer in Windows. This will first extract the needed files. Click Get started to install Jolicloud on your netbook. Enter a username, password, and nickname for your computer.  Please note that the username must be all lowercase, and the nickname should not contain spaces or special characters.   Now you can review the default installation settings.  By default it will take up 39Gb and install on your C:\ drive in English.  If you wish to change this, click Change. We chose to install it on the D: drive on this netbook, as its harddrive was already partitioned into two parts.  Click Save when your settings are all correct, and then click Next in the previous window. Jolicloud will prepare for the installation.  This took about 5 minutes in our test.  Click Next when this is finished. Click Restart now to install and run Jolicloud. When your netbook reboots, it will initialize the Jolicloud setup. It will then automatically finish the installation.  Just sit back and wait; there’s nothing for you to do right now.  The installation took about 20 minutes in our test. Jolicloud will automatically reboot when the setup is finished. Once it’s rebooted, you’re ready to go!  Enter the username, then the password, that you chose earlier when you were installing Jolicloud from Windows. Welcome to your Jolicloud desktop! Hardware Support We installed Jolicloud on a Samsung N150 netbook with an Atom N450 processor, 1Gb Ram, 250Gb harddrive, and WiFi b/g/n with Bluetooth.  Amazingly, once Jolicloud was installed, everything was ready to use.  No drivers to install, no settings to hassle with, it was all installed and set up perfectly.  Power settings worked great, and closing the netbook put it to sleep just like in Windows. WiFi drivers have typically been difficult to find and install on Linux, but Jolicloud had our netbook’s wifi working immediately.  To get online, simply click the Wireless icon on the top right, and select the wireless network you want to connect to. Jolicloud will let you know when it is signed on. Wired Lan networking was also seamless; simply connect your cable and you’re ready to go.  The webcam and touchpad also worked perfectly directly.  The only thing missing was multitouch; this touchpad has two finger scroll, pinch zoom, and other nice multitouch features in Windows, but in Julicloud it only functioned as a standard touchpad.  It did have tap to click activated by default, as well as right-side scrolling, which is nice. Jolicloud also supported our video card without any extra work.  The native resolution was already selected, and the only problem we had with the screen was that there was no apparent way to change the brightness.  This is not a major problem, but would be nice to have.  The Samsung N150 has Intel GMA3150 integrated graphics, and Jolicloud promises 1080p HD video on it.  It did playback 720p H.264 video flawlessly without installing anything extra, but it stuttered on full 1080p HD (which is the exact same as this netbook’s video playback in Windows 7 – 720p works great, but it stutters on 1080p).  We would be excited to see full HD on this netbook, but 720p is definitely fine for most stuff.   Jolicloud supports a wide range of netbooks, and based on our experience we would expect it to work as good on any supported hardware.  Check out the list of supported netbooks to see if your netbook is supported; if not, it still may work but you may have to install special drivers. Jolicloud’s performance was very similar to Windows 7 on our netbook.  It boots in about 30 seconds, and apps load fairly quickly.  In general, we couldn’t tell much difference in performance between Jolicloud and Windows 7, though this isn’t a problem since Windows 7 runs great on the current generation of netbooks. Using Jolicloud Ready to start putting Jolicloud to use?  Your fresh Jolicloud install you can run several built-in apps, such as Firefox, a calculator, and the chat client Pidgin.  It also has a media player and file viewer installed, so you can play MP3s or MPG videos, or read PDF ebooks without installing anything extra.  It also has Flash player installed so you can watch videos online easily. You can also directly access all of your files from the right side of your home screen.  You can even access your Windows files; in our test, the 116.9 GB Media was C: from Windows.  Select it to browse and open any file you had saved in Windows. You may need to enter your password to access it. Once you’re authenticated it, you’ll see all of your Windows files and folders.  Your User files (Documents, Music, Videos, etc.) will be in the Users folder. And, you can easily add files from removable media such as USB flash drives and memory cards.  Jolicloud recognized a flash drive we tested with no trouble at all. Add new apps But, the best part about Jolicloud is that it makes it very easy to install new apps.  Click the Get Started button on your homescreen. You’ll first need to create an account.  You can then use this same account on another netbook if you wish, and your settings will automatically be synced between the two. You can either signup using your Facebook account, …or you can sign up the traditional way with your email address, name, and password.  If you sign up this way, you will need to confirm your email address before your account will be finished. Now, choose your netbook model from the list, and enter a name for your computer. And that’s it!  You’ll now see the Jolicloud dashboard, which will show you updates and notifications from friends who also use Jolicloud. Click the App directory to find new apps for your netbook.  Here you will find a variety of webapps, such as Gmail, along with native applications, such as Skype, that you can install on your netbook.  Simply click the Install button on the right to add the app to your netbook. You will be prompted to enter your system password, and then the app will install without any further input.   Once an app is installed, a check mark will appear beside its name.  You can remove it by clicking the Remove button, and it will uninstall seamlessly. Webapps, such as Gmail, actually run in in a Chrome-powered window that lets the webapp run full screen.  This gives the webapps a native feel, but actually they’re just running the same as they would in a standard web browser.   The Jolicloud Interface Most apps run maximized, and there is no way to run them smaller.  This in general works good, since with small screens most apps need to run full-screen anyhow. Smaller apps, such as a calculator or the Pidgin chat client, run in a window just like they do on other operating systems. You can switch to another app that’s running by selecting it’s icon on the top left, or you can go back to the home screen by clicking the home screen.  If you’re finished with an program, simply click the red X button on the top right of the window when you’re running it. Or, you can switch between programs using standard keyboard shortcuts such as Alt-tab. The default page on the home screen is the favorites page, and all of your other programs are orginized in their own sections on the left hand side.  But, if you want to add one of these to your favorites page, simply right-click on it and select Add to Favorites. When you’re done for the day, you can simply close your netbook to put it to sleep.  Or, if you want to shut down, just press the Quit button on the bottom right of the home screen and then select Shut Down. Booting Jolicloud When you install Jolicloud, it will set itself as the default operating system.  Now, when you boot your netbook, it will show you a list of installed operating systems.  You can select either Windows or Jolicloud, but if you don’t make a selection it will boot into Jolicloud after waiting 10 seconds. If you’d perfer to boot into Windows by default, you can easily change this.  First, boot your netbook in to Windows.  Open the start menu, right-click on the Computer button, and select Properties.   Click the “Advanced system settings” link on the left side. Click the Settings button in the Startup and Recovery section. Now, select Windows as the default operating system, and click Ok.  Your netbook will now boot into Windows by default, but will give you 10 seconds to choose to boot into Jolicloud when you start your computer. Or, if you decided you don’t want Jolicloud, you can easily uninstall it from within Windows. Please note that this will also remove any files you may have saved in Jolicloud, so be sure to copy them to your Windows drive before uninstalling. To uninstall Jolicloud from within Windows, open Control Panel, and select Uninstall a Program. Scroll down to select Jolicloud, and click Uninstall/Change. Click Yes to confirm that you want to uninstall Jolicloud. After a few moments, it will let you know that Jolicloud has been uninstalled.  You’re netbook is now back the same as it was before you installed Jolicloud, with only Windows installed. Closing Whether you’re wanting to replace your current OS on your netbook or would simply like to try out a fresh new Linux version on your netbook, Jolicloud is a great option for you.  We were very impressed by it’s solid hardware support and the ease of installing new apps in Jolicloud.  Rather than simply giving us a standard OS, Jolicloud offers a unique way to use your netbook with native programs and webapps.  And whether you’re an IT pro or are a new computer user, Jolicloud was easy enough to use that anyone can do it.  Give it a try, and let us know what your favorite netbook OS is! Link Download Jolicloud for your netbook Similar Articles Productive Geek Tips How To Change XSplash Themes in Ubuntu 9.10Verify the Integrity of Windows Vista System FilesMonitor Multiple Logs in a Single Shell with MultiTail for LinuxHide Some or All of the GUI Bars in FirefoxAsk the Readers: Do You Use a Laptop, Desktop, or Both? TouchFreeze Alternative in AutoHotkey The Icy Undertow Desktop Windows Home Server – Backup to LAN The Clear & Clean Desktop Use This Bookmarklet to Easily Get Albums Use AutoHotkey to Assign a Hotkey to a Specific Window Latest Software Reviews Tinyhacker Random Tips DVDFab 6 Revo Uninstaller Pro Registry Mechanic 9 for Windows PC Tools Internet Security Suite 2010 Stop In The Name Of Love (Firefox addon) Chitika iPad Labs Gives Live iPad Sale Stats Heaven & Hell Finder Icon Using TrueCrypt to Secure Your Data Quickly Schedule Meetings With NeedtoMeet Share Flickr Photos On Facebook Automatically

    Read the article

  • vmware network installation problem

    - by shantanu
    After installation from vmware_bunddle it shows network device error during configuration(First run). Log File: 2012-04-03T20:01:24.881+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Log for VMware Workstation pid=5766 version=8.0.2 build=build-591240 option=Release 2012-04-03T20:01:24.881+06:00| vthread-3| I120: The process is 64-bit. 2012-04-03T20:01:24.881+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Host codepage=UTF-8 encoding=UTF-8 2012-04-03T20:01:24.881+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Host is Linux 3.2.0-19-generic Ubuntu precise (development branch) 2012-04-03T20:01:24.880+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Msg_Reset: 2012-04-03T20:01:24.880+06:00| vthread-3| I120: [msg.dictionary.load.openFailed] Cannot open file "/usr/lib/vmware/settings": No such file or directory. 2012-04-03T20:01:24.880+06:00| vthread-3| I120: ---------------------------------------- 2012-04-03T20:01:24.880+06:00| vthread-3| I120: PREF Optional preferences file not found at /usr/lib/vmware/settings. Using default values. 2012-04-03T20:01:24.880+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Msg_Reset: 2012-04-03T20:01:24.880+06:00| vthread-3| I120: [msg.dictionary.load.openFailed] Cannot open file "/root/.vmware/config": No such file or directory. 2012-04-03T20:01:24.880+06:00| vthread-3| I120: ---------------------------------------- 2012-04-03T20:01:24.880+06:00| vthread-3| I120: PREF Optional preferences file not found at /root/.vmware/config. Using default values. 2012-04-03T20:01:24.880+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Msg_Reset: 2012-04-03T20:01:24.880+06:00| vthread-3| I120: [msg.dictionary.load.openFailed] Cannot open file "/root/.vmware/preferences": No such file or directory. 2012-04-03T20:01:24.880+06:00| vthread-3| I120: ---------------------------------------- 2012-04-03T20:01:24.881+06:00| vthread-3| I120: PREF Failed to load user preferences. 2012-04-03T20:01:24.881+06:00| vthread-3| W110: Logging to /tmp/vmware-root/modconfig-5766.log 2012-04-03T20:01:25.200+06:00| vthread-3| I120: modconf query interface initialized 2012-04-03T20:01:25.201+06:00| vthread-3| I120: modconf library initialized 2012-04-03T20:01:25.269+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Your GCC version: 4.6 2012-04-03T20:01:25.278+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Validating path /lib/modules/preferred/build/include for kernel release 3.2.0-19-generic 2012-04-03T20:01:25.278+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Failed to find /lib/modules/preferred/build/include/linux/version.h 2012-04-03T20:01:25.278+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Failed version test: /lib/modules/preferred/build/include/linux/version.h not found. 2012-04-03T20:01:25.278+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Validating path /lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/build/include for kernel release 3.2.0-19-generic 2012-04-03T20:01:25.284+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Your GCC version: 4.6 2012-04-03T20:01:25.306+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Your GCC version: 4.6 2012-04-03T20:01:25.355+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Header path /lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/build/include for kernel release 3.2.0-19-generic is valid. 2012-04-03T20:01:25.355+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Validating path /lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/build/include for kernel release 3.2.0-19-generic 2012-04-03T20:01:25.362+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Your GCC version: 4.6 2012-04-03T20:01:25.383+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Your GCC version: 4.6 2012-04-03T20:01:25.434+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Header path /lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/build/include for kernel release 3.2.0-19-generic is valid. 2012-04-03T20:01:25.502+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Trying to find a suitable PBM set for kernel 3.2.0-19-generic. 2012-04-03T20:01:25.507+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Trying to find a suitable PBM set for kernel 3.2.0-19-generic. 2012-04-03T20:01:25.511+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Trying to find a suitable PBM set for kernel 3.2.0-19-generic. 2012-04-03T20:01:25.516+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Trying to find a suitable PBM set for kernel 3.2.0-19-generic. 2012-04-03T20:01:25.521+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Trying to find a suitable PBM set for kernel 3.2.0-19-generic. 2012-04-03T20:01:25.561+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Trying to find a suitable PBM set for kernel 3.2.0-19-generic. 2012-04-03T20:01:25.566+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Trying to find a suitable PBM set for kernel 3.2.0-19-generic. 2012-04-03T20:01:25.571+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Trying to find a suitable PBM set for kernel 3.2.0-19-generic. 2012-04-03T20:01:25.576+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Trying to find a suitable PBM set for kernel 3.2.0-19-generic. 2012-04-03T20:01:25.581+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Trying to find a suitable PBM set for kernel 3.2.0-19-generic. 2012-04-03T20:01:25.586+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Validating path /lib/modules/preferred/build/include for kernel release 3.2.0-19-generic 2012-04-03T20:01:25.586+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Failed to find /lib/modules/preferred/build/include/linux/version.h 2012-04-03T20:01:25.586+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Failed version test: /lib/modules/preferred/build/include/linux/version.h not found. 2012-04-03T20:01:25.586+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Validating path /lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/build/include for kernel release 3.2.0-19-generic 2012-04-03T20:01:25.593+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Your GCC version: 4.6 2012-04-03T20:01:25.614+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Your GCC version: 4.6 2012-04-03T20:01:25.663+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Header path /lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/build/include for kernel release 3.2.0-19-generic is valid. 2012-04-03T20:01:25.740+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Trying to find a suitable PBM set for kernel 3.2.0-19-generic. 2012-04-03T20:01:25.747+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Trying to find a suitable PBM set for kernel 3.2.0-19-generic. 2012-04-03T20:01:25.752+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Trying to find a suitable PBM set for kernel 3.2.0-19-generic. 2012-04-03T20:01:25.757+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Trying to find a suitable PBM set for kernel 3.2.0-19-generic. 2012-04-03T20:01:25.762+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Trying to find a suitable PBM set for kernel 3.2.0-19-generic. 2012-04-03T20:01:25.767+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Validating path /lib/modules/preferred/build/include for kernel release 3.2.0-19-generic 2012-04-03T20:01:25.767+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Failed to find /lib/modules/preferred/build/include/linux/version.h 2012-04-03T20:01:25.767+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Failed version test: /lib/modules/preferred/build/include/linux/version.h not found. 2012-04-03T20:01:25.767+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Validating path /lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/build/include for kernel release 3.2.0-19-generic 2012-04-03T20:01:25.772+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Your GCC version: 4.6 2012-04-03T20:01:25.792+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Your GCC version: 4.6 2012-04-03T20:01:25.843+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Header path /lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/build/include for kernel release 3.2.0-19-generic is valid. 2012-04-03T20:01:26.838+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Trying to find a suitable PBM set for kernel 3.2.0-19-generic. 2012-04-03T20:01:26.848+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Trying to find a suitable PBM set for kernel 3.2.0-19-generic. 2012-04-03T20:01:26.853+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Trying to find a suitable PBM set for kernel 3.2.0-19-generic. 2012-04-03T20:01:26.858+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Trying to find a suitable PBM set for kernel 3.2.0-19-generic. 2012-04-03T20:01:26.863+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Trying to find a suitable PBM set for kernel 3.2.0-19-generic. 2012-04-03T20:01:28.460+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Trying to find a suitable PBM set for kernel 3.2.0-19-generic. 2012-04-03T20:01:28.460+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Validating path /lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/build/include for kernel release 3.2.0-19-generic 2012-04-03T20:01:28.466+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Your GCC version: 4.6 2012-04-03T20:01:28.488+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Your GCC version: 4.6 2012-04-03T20:01:28.542+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Header path /lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/build/include for kernel release 3.2.0-19-generic is valid. 2012-04-03T20:01:28.542+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Building module vmmon. 2012-04-03T20:01:28.553+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Extracting the sources of the vmmon module. 2012-04-03T20:01:28.615+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Building module with command: /usr/bin/make -j -C /tmp/vmware-root/modules/vmmon-only auto-build SUPPORT_SMP=1 HEADER_DIR=/lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/build/include CC=/usr/bin/gcc GREP=/usr/bin/make IS_GCC_3=no VMCCVER=4.6 2012-04-03T20:01:36.499+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Installing module vmmon from /tmp/vmware-root/modules/vmmon.o to /lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/misc. 2012-04-03T20:01:36.507+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Registering file: /usr/lib/vmware-installer/2.0/vmware-installer --register-file vmware-vmx regular /lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/misc/vmmon.ko 2012-04-03T20:01:58.314+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Trying to find a suitable PBM set for kernel 3.2.0-19-generic. 2012-04-03T20:01:58.315+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Validating path /lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/build/include for kernel release 3.2.0-19-generic 2012-04-03T20:01:58.336+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Your GCC version: 4.6 2012-04-03T20:01:58.379+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Your GCC version: 4.6 2012-04-03T20:01:58.431+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Header path /lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/build/include for kernel release 3.2.0-19-generic is valid. 2012-04-03T20:01:58.431+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Building module vmnet. 2012-04-03T20:01:58.431+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Extracting the sources of the vmnet module. 2012-04-03T20:01:58.541+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Building module with command: /usr/bin/make -j -C /tmp/vmware-root/modules/vmnet-only auto-build SUPPORT_SMP=1 HEADER_DIR=/lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/build/include CC=/usr/bin/gcc GREP=/usr/bin/make IS_GCC_3=no VMCCVER=4.6 2012-04-03T20:02:05.973+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Failed to compile module vmnet! 2012-04-03T20:02:05.984+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Trying to find a suitable PBM set for kernel 3.2.0-19-generic. 2012-04-03T20:02:05.984+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Validating path /lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/build/include for kernel release 3.2.0-19-generic 2012-04-03T20:02:05.990+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Your GCC version: 4.6 2012-04-03T20:02:06.015+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Your GCC version: 4.6 2012-04-03T20:02:06.067+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Header path /lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/build/include for kernel release 3.2.0-19-generic is valid. 2012-04-03T20:02:06.067+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Building module vmblock. 2012-04-03T20:02:06.067+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Extracting the sources of the vmblock module. 2012-04-03T20:02:06.141+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Building module with command: /usr/bin/make -j -C /tmp/vmware-root/modules/vmblock-only auto-build SUPPORT_SMP=1 HEADER_DIR=/lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/build/include CC=/usr/bin/gcc GREP=/usr/bin/make IS_GCC_3=no VMCCVER=4.6 2012-04-03T20:02:13.531+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Installing module vmblock from /tmp/vmware-root/modules/vmblock.o to /lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/misc. 2012-04-03T20:02:13.532+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Registering file: /usr/lib/vmware-installer/2.0/vmware-installer --register-file vmware-vmx regular /lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/misc/vmblock.ko 2012-04-03T20:02:19.090+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Trying to find a suitable PBM set for kernel 3.2.0-19-generic. 2012-04-03T20:02:19.090+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Validating path /lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/build/include for kernel release 3.2.0-19-generic 2012-04-03T20:02:19.097+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Your GCC version: 4.6 2012-04-03T20:02:19.117+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Your GCC version: 4.6 2012-04-03T20:02:19.173+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Header path /lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/build/include for kernel release 3.2.0-19-generic is valid. 2012-04-03T20:02:19.173+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Building module vmci. 2012-04-03T20:02:19.174+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Extracting the sources of the vmci module. 2012-04-03T20:02:19.284+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Building module with command: /usr/bin/make -j -C /tmp/vmware-root/modules/vmci-only auto-build SUPPORT_SMP=1 HEADER_DIR=/lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/build/include CC=/usr/bin/gcc GREP=/usr/bin/make IS_GCC_3=no VMCCVER=4.6 2012-04-03T20:02:28.525+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Installing module vmci from /tmp/vmware-root/modules/vmci.o to /lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/misc. 2012-04-03T20:02:28.526+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Registering file: /usr/lib/vmware-installer/2.0/vmware-installer --register-file vmware-vmx regular /lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/misc/vmci.ko 2012-04-03T20:02:31.760+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Trying to find a suitable PBM set for kernel 3.2.0-19-generic. 2012-04-03T20:02:31.760+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Validating path /lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/build/include for kernel release 3.2.0-19-generic 2012-04-03T20:02:31.766+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Your GCC version: 4.6 2012-04-03T20:02:31.786+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Your GCC version: 4.6 2012-04-03T20:02:31.838+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Header path /lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/build/include for kernel release 3.2.0-19-generic is valid. 2012-04-03T20:02:31.838+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Building module vmci. 2012-04-03T20:02:31.839+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Extracting the sources of the vmci module. 2012-04-03T20:02:31.864+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Building module with command: /usr/bin/make -j -C /tmp/vmware-root/modules/vmci-only auto-build SUPPORT_SMP=1 HEADER_DIR=/lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/build/include CC=/usr/bin/gcc GREP=/usr/bin/make IS_GCC_3=no VMCCVER=4.6 2012-04-03T20:02:33.684+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Building module vsock. 2012-04-03T20:02:33.685+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Extracting the sources of the vsock module. 2012-04-03T20:02:33.809+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Building module with command: /usr/bin/make -j -C /tmp/vmware-root/modules/vsock-only auto-build SUPPORT_SMP=1 HEADER_DIR=/lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/build/include CC=/usr/bin/gcc GREP=/usr/bin/make IS_GCC_3=no VMCCVER=4.6 2012-04-03T20:02:41.050+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Installing module vsock from /tmp/vmware-root/modules/vsock.o to /lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/misc. 2012-04-03T20:02:41.051+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Registering file: /usr/lib/vmware-installer/2.0/vmware-installer --register-file vmware-vmx regular /lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/misc/vsock.ko 2012-04-03T20:03:02.757+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Trying to find a suitable PBM set for kernel 3.2.0-19-generic. 2012-04-03T20:03:02.762+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Trying to find a suitable PBM set for kernel 3.2.0-19-generic. 2012-04-03T20:03:02.767+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Trying to find a suitable PBM set for kernel 3.2.0-19-generic. 2012-04-03T20:03:02.771+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Trying to find a suitable PBM set for kernel 3.2.0-19-generic. 2012-04-03T20:03:02.776+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Trying to find a suitable PBM set for kernel 3.2.0-19-generic. 2012-04-03T20:03:02.782+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Validating path /lib/modules/preferred/build/include for kernel release 3.2.0-19-generic 2012-04-03T20:03:02.782+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Failed to find /lib/modules/preferred/build/include/linux/version.h 2012-04-03T20:03:02.782+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Failed version test: /lib/modules/preferred/build/include/linux/version.h not found. 2012-04-03T20:03:02.782+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Validating path /lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/build/include for kernel release 3.2.0-19-generic 2012-04-03T20:03:02.790+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Your GCC version: 4.6 2012-04-03T20:03:02.814+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Your GCC version: 4.6 2012-04-03T20:03:02.865+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Header path /lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/build/include for kernel release 3.2.0-19-generic is valid. 2012-04-03T20:03:02.958+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Trying to find a suitable PBM set for kernel 3.2.0-19-generic. 2012-04-03T20:03:02.968+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Trying to find a suitable PBM set for kernel 3.2.0-19-generic. 2012-04-03T20:03:02.973+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Trying to find a suitable PBM set for kernel 3.2.0-19-generic. 2012-04-03T20:03:02.978+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Trying to find a suitable PBM set for kernel 3.2.0-19-generic. 2012-04-03T20:03:02.983+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Trying to find a suitable PBM set for kernel 3.2.0-19-generic. 2012-04-03T20:03:04.372+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Trying to find a suitable PBM set for kernel 3.2.0-19-generic. 2012-04-03T20:03:04.372+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Validating path /lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/build/include for kernel release 3.2.0-19-generic 2012-04-03T20:03:04.378+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Your GCC version: 4.6 2012-04-03T20:03:04.399+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Your GCC version: 4.6 2012-04-03T20:03:04.452+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Header path /lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/build/include for kernel release 3.2.0-19-generic is valid. 2012-04-03T20:03:04.452+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Building module vmmon. 2012-04-03T20:03:04.452+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Extracting the sources of the vmmon module. 2012-04-03T20:03:04.486+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Building module with command: /usr/bin/make -j -C /tmp/vmware-root/modules/vmmon-only auto-build SUPPORT_SMP=1 HEADER_DIR=/lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/build/include CC=/usr/bin/gcc GREP=/usr/bin/make IS_GCC_3=no VMCCVER=4.6 2012-04-03T20:03:05.976+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Installing module vmmon from /tmp/vmware-root/modules/vmmon.o to /lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/misc. 2012-04-03T20:03:05.977+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Registering file: /usr/lib/vmware-installer/2.0/vmware-installer --register-file vmware-vmx regular /lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/misc/vmmon.ko 2012-04-03T20:03:09.056+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Trying to find a suitable PBM set for kernel 3.2.0-19-generic. 2012-04-03T20:03:09.057+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Validating path /lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/build/include for kernel release 3.2.0-19-generic 2012-04-03T20:03:09.065+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Your GCC version: 4.6 2012-04-03T20:03:09.090+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Your GCC version: 4.6 2012-04-03T20:03:09.142+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Header path /lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/build/include for kernel release 3.2.0-19-generic is valid. 2012-04-03T20:03:09.142+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Building module vmnet. 2012-04-03T20:03:09.142+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Extracting the sources of the vmnet module. 2012-04-03T20:03:09.169+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Building module with command: /usr/bin/make -j -C /tmp/vmware-root/modules/vmnet-only auto-build SUPPORT_SMP=1 HEADER_DIR=/lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/build/include CC=/usr/bin/gcc GREP=/usr/bin/make IS_GCC_3=no VMCCVER=4.6 2012-04-03T20:03:12.072+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Failed to compile module vmnet! 2012-04-03T20:03:12.090+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Trying to find a suitable PBM set for kernel 3.2.0-19-generic. 2012-04-03T20:03:12.090+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Validating path /lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/build/include for kernel release 3.2.0-19-generic 2012-04-03T20:03:12.098+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Your GCC version: 4.6 2012-04-03T20:03:12.121+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Your GCC version: 4.6 2012-04-03T20:03:12.179+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Header path /lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/build/include for kernel release 3.2.0-19-generic is valid. 2012-04-03T20:03:12.179+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Building module vmblock. 2012-04-03T20:03:12.179+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Extracting the sources of the vmblock module. 2012-04-03T20:03:12.205+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Building module with command: /usr/bin/make -j -C /tmp/vmware-root/modules/vmblock-only auto-build SUPPORT_SMP=1 HEADER_DIR=/lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/build/include CC=/usr/bin/gcc GREP=/usr/bin/make IS_GCC_3=no VMCCVER=4.6 2012-04-03T20:03:15.340+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Installing module vmblock from /tmp/vmware-root/modules/vmblock.o to /lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/misc. 2012-04-03T20:03:15.341+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Registering file: /usr/lib/vmware-installer/2.0/vmware-installer --register-file vmware-vmx regular /lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/misc/vmblock.ko 2012-04-03T20:03:18.451+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Trying to find a suitable PBM set for kernel 3.2.0-19-generic. 2012-04-03T20:03:18.451+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Validating path /lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/build/include for kernel release 3.2.0-19-generic 2012-04-03T20:03:18.457+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Your GCC version: 4.6 2012-04-03T20:03:18.480+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Your GCC version: 4.6 2012-04-03T20:03:18.531+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Header path /lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/build/include for kernel release 3.2.0-19-generic is valid. 2012-04-03T20:03:18.531+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Building module vmci. 2012-04-03T20:03:18.531+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Extracting the sources of the vmci module. 2012-04-03T20:03:18.569+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Building module with command: /usr/bin/make -j -C /tmp/vmware-root/modules/vmci-only auto-build SUPPORT_SMP=1 HEADER_DIR=/lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/build/include CC=/usr/bin/gcc GREP=/usr/bin/make IS_GCC_3=no VMCCVER=4.6 2012-04-03T20:03:19.787+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Installing module vmci from /tmp/vmware-root/modules/vmci.o to /lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/misc. 2012-04-03T20:03:19.789+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Registering file: /usr/lib/vmware-installer/2.0/vmware-installer --register-file vmware-vmx regular /lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/misc/vmci.ko 2012-04-03T20:03:22.933+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Trying to find a suitable PBM set for kernel 3.2.0-19-generic. 2012-04-03T20:03:22.933+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Validating path /lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/build/include for kernel release 3.2.0-19-generic 2012-04-03T20:03:22.939+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Your GCC version: 4.6 2012-04-03T20:03:22.959+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Your GCC version: 4.6 2012-04-03T20:03:23.009+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Header path /lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/build/include for kernel release 3.2.0-19-generic is valid. 2012-04-03T20:03:23.009+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Building module vmci. 2012-04-03T20:03:23.009+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Extracting the sources of the vmci module. 2012-04-03T20:03:23.034+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Building module with command: /usr/bin/make -j -C /tmp/vmware-root/modules/vmci-only auto-build SUPPORT_SMP=1 HEADER_DIR=/lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/build/include CC=/usr/bin/gcc GREP=/usr/bin/make IS_GCC_3=no VMCCVER=4.6 2012-04-03T20:03:24.227+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Building module vsock. 2012-04-03T20:03:24.227+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Extracting the sources of the vsock module. 2012-04-03T20:03:24.254+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Building module with command: /usr/bin/make -j -C /tmp/vmware-root/modules/vsock-only auto-build SUPPORT_SMP=1 HEADER_DIR=/lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/build/include CC=/usr/bin/gcc GREP=/usr/bin/make IS_GCC_3=no VMCCVER=4.6 2012-04-03T20:03:26.125+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Installing module vsock from /tmp/vmware-root/modules/vsock.o to /lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/misc. 2012-04-03T20:03:26.126+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Registering file: /usr/lib/vmware-installer/2.0/vmware-installer --register-file vmware-vmx regular /lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/misc/vsock.ko My System details: cpu : AMD APU dual core E450 ram: 2GB ubuntu: 12.04 (64 bit) I have downloaded Latest vmware version. Thanks in advance

    Read the article

  • Windows Azure: Backup Services Release, Hyper-V Recovery Manager, VM Enhancements, Enhanced Enterprise Management Support

    - by ScottGu
    This morning we released a huge set of updates to Windows Azure.  These new capabilities include: Backup Services: General Availability of Windows Azure Backup Services Hyper-V Recovery Manager: Public preview of Windows Azure Hyper-V Recovery Manager Virtual Machines: Delete Attached Disks, Availability Set Warnings, SQL AlwaysOn Configuration Active Directory: Securely manage hundreds of SaaS applications Enterprise Management: Use Active Directory to Better Manage Windows Azure Windows Azure SDK 2.2: A massive update of our SDK + Visual Studio tooling support All of these improvements are now available to use immediately.  Below are more details about them. Backup Service: General Availability Release of Windows Azure Backup Today we are releasing Windows Azure Backup Service as a general availability service.  This release is now live in production, backed by an enterprise SLA, supported by Microsoft Support, and is ready to use for production scenarios. Windows Azure Backup is a cloud based backup solution for Windows Server which allows files and folders to be backed up and recovered from the cloud, and provides off-site protection against data loss. The service provides IT administrators and developers with the option to back up and protect critical data in an easily recoverable way from any location with no upfront hardware cost. Windows Azure Backup is built on the Windows Azure platform and uses Windows Azure blob storage for storing customer data. Windows Server uses the downloadable Windows Azure Backup Agent to transfer file and folder data securely and efficiently to the Windows Azure Backup Service. Along with providing cloud backup for Windows Server, Windows Azure Backup Service also provides capability to backup data from System Center Data Protection Manager and Windows Server Essentials, to the cloud. All data is encrypted onsite before it is sent to the cloud, and customers retain and manage the encryption key (meaning the data is stored entirely secured and can’t be decrypted by anyone but yourself). Getting Started To get started with the Windows Azure Backup Service, create a new Backup Vault within the Windows Azure Management Portal.  Click New->Data Services->Recovery Services->Backup Vault to do this: Once the backup vault is created you’ll be presented with a simple tutorial that will help guide you on how to register your Windows Servers with it: Once the servers you want to backup are registered, you can use the appropriate local management interface (such as the Microsoft Management Console snap-in, System Center Data Protection Manager Console, or Windows Server Essentials Dashboard) to configure the scheduled backups and to optionally initiate recoveries. You can follow these tutorials to learn more about how to do this: Tutorial: Schedule Backups Using the Windows Azure Backup Agent This tutorial helps you with setting up a backup schedule for your registered Windows Servers. Additionally, it also explains how to use Windows PowerShell cmdlets to set up a custom backup schedule. Tutorial: Recover Files and Folders Using the Windows Azure Backup Agent This tutorial helps you with recovering data from a backup. Additionally, it also explains how to use Windows PowerShell cmdlets to do the same tasks. Below are some of the key benefits the Windows Azure Backup Service provides: Simple configuration and management. Windows Azure Backup Service integrates with the familiar Windows Server Backup utility in Windows Server, the Data Protection Manager component in System Center and Windows Server Essentials, in order to provide a seamless backup and recovery experience to a local disk, or to the cloud. Block level incremental backups. The Windows Azure Backup Agent performs incremental backups by tracking file and block level changes and only transferring the changed blocks, hence reducing the storage and bandwidth utilization. Different point-in-time versions of the backups use storage efficiently by only storing the changes blocks between these versions. Data compression, encryption and throttling. The Windows Azure Backup Agent ensures that data is compressed and encrypted on the server before being sent to the Windows Azure Backup Service over the network. As a result, the Windows Azure Backup Service only stores encrypted data in the cloud storage. The encryption key is not available to the Windows Azure Backup Service, and as a result the data is never decrypted in the service. Also, users can setup throttling and configure how the Windows Azure Backup service utilizes the network bandwidth when backing up or restoring information. Data integrity is verified in the cloud. In addition to the secure backups, the backed up data is also automatically checked for integrity once the backup is done. As a result, any corruptions which may arise due to data transfer can be easily identified and are fixed automatically. Configurable retention policies for storing data in the cloud. The Windows Azure Backup Service accepts and implements retention policies to recycle backups that exceed the desired retention range, thereby meeting business policies and managing backup costs. Hyper-V Recovery Manager: Now Available in Public Preview I’m excited to also announce the public preview of a new Windows Azure Service – the Windows Azure Hyper-V Recovery Manager (HRM). Windows Azure Hyper-V Recovery Manager helps protect your business critical services by coordinating the replication and recovery of System Center Virtual Machine Manager 2012 SP1 and System Center Virtual Machine Manager 2012 R2 private clouds at a secondary location. With automated protection, asynchronous ongoing replication, and orderly recovery, the Hyper-V Recovery Manager service can help you implement Disaster Recovery and restore important services accurately, consistently, and with minimal downtime. Application data in an Hyper-V Recovery Manager scenarios always travels on your on-premise replication channel. Only metadata (such as names of logical clouds, virtual machines, networks etc.) that is needed for orchestration is sent to Azure. All traffic sent to/from Azure is encrypted. You can begin using Windows Azure Hyper-V Recovery today by clicking New->Data Services->Recovery Services->Hyper-V Recovery Manager within the Windows Azure Management Portal.  You can read more about Windows Azure Hyper-V Recovery Manager in Brad Anderson’s 9-part series, Transform the datacenter. To learn more about setting up Hyper-V Recovery Manager follow our detailed step-by-step guide. Virtual Machines: Delete Attached Disks, Availability Set Warnings, SQL AlwaysOn Today’s Windows Azure release includes a number of nice updates to Windows Azure Virtual Machines.  These improvements include: Ability to Delete both VM Instances + Attached Disks in One Operation Prior to today’s release, when you deleted VMs within Windows Azure we would delete the VM instance – but not delete the drives attached to the VM.  You had to manually delete these yourself from the storage account.  With today’s update we’ve added a convenience option that now allows you to either retain or delete the attached disks when you delete the VM:   We’ve also added the ability to delete a cloud service, its deployments, and its role instances with a single action. This can either be a cloud service that has production and staging deployments with web and worker roles, or a cloud service that contains virtual machines.  To do this, simply select the Cloud Service within the Windows Azure Management Portal and click the “Delete” button: Warnings on Availability Sets with Only One Virtual Machine In Them One of the nice features that Windows Azure Virtual Machines supports is the concept of “Availability Sets”.  An “availability set” allows you to define a tier/role (e.g. webfrontends, databaseservers, etc) that you can map Virtual Machines into – and when you do this Windows Azure separates them across fault domains and ensures that at least one of them is always available during servicing operations.  This enables you to deploy applications in a high availability way. One issue we’ve seen some customers run into is where they define an availability set, but then forget to map more than one VM into it (which defeats the purpose of having an availability set).  With today’s release we now display a warning in the Windows Azure Management Portal if you have only one virtual machine deployed in an availability set to help highlight this: You can learn more about configuring the availability of your virtual machines here. Configuring SQL Server Always On SQL Server Always On is a great feature that you can use with Windows Azure to enable high availability and DR scenarios with SQL Server. Today’s Windows Azure release makes it even easier to configure SQL Server Always On by enabling “Direct Server Return” endpoints to be configured and managed within the Windows Azure Management Portal.  Previously, setting this up required using PowerShell to complete the endpoint configuration.  Starting today you can enable this simply by checking the “Direct Server Return” checkbox: You can learn more about how to use direct server return for SQL Server AlwaysOn availability groups here. Active Directory: Application Access Enhancements This summer we released our initial preview of our Application Access Enhancements for Windows Azure Active Directory.  This service enables you to securely implement single-sign-on (SSO) support against SaaS applications (including Office 365, SalesForce, Workday, Box, Google Apps, GitHub, etc) as well as LOB based applications (including ones built with the new Windows Azure AD support we shipped last week with ASP.NET and VS 2013). Since the initial preview we’ve enhanced our SAML federation capabilities, integrated our new password vaulting system, and shipped multi-factor authentication support. We've also turned on our outbound identity provisioning system and have it working with hundreds of additional SaaS Applications: Earlier this month we published an update on dates and pricing for when the service will be released in general availability form.  In this blog post we announced our intention to release the service in general availability form by the end of the year.  We also announced that the below features would be available in a free tier with it: SSO to every SaaS app we integrate with – Users can Single Sign On to any app we are integrated with at no charge. This includes all the top SAAS Apps and every app in our application gallery whether they use federation or password vaulting. Application access assignment and removal – IT Admins can assign access privileges to web applications to the users in their active directory assuring that every employee has access to the SAAS Apps they need. And when a user leaves the company or changes jobs, the admin can just as easily remove their access privileges assuring data security and minimizing IP loss User provisioning (and de-provisioning) – IT admins will be able to automatically provision users in 3rd party SaaS applications like Box, Salesforce.com, GoToMeeting, DropBox and others. We are working with key partners in the ecosystem to establish these connections, meaning you no longer have to continually update user records in multiple systems. Security and auditing reports – Security is a key priority for us. With the free version of these enhancements you'll get access to our standard set of access reports giving you visibility into which users are using which applications, when they were using them and where they are using them from. In addition, we'll alert you to un-usual usage patterns for instance when a user logs in from multiple locations at the same time. Our Application Access Panel – Users are logging in from every type of devices including Windows, iOS, & Android. Not all of these devices handle authentication in the same manner but the user doesn't care. They need to access their apps from the devices they love. Our Application Access Panel will support the ability for users to access access and launch their apps from any device and anywhere. You can learn more about our plans for application management with Windows Azure Active Directory here.  Try out the preview and start using it today. Enterprise Management: Use Active Directory to Better Manage Windows Azure Windows Azure Active Directory provides the ability to manage your organization in a directory which is hosted entirely in the cloud, or alternatively kept in sync with an on-premises Windows Server Active Directory solution (allowing you to seamlessly integrate with the directory you already have).  With today’s Windows Azure release we are integrating Windows Azure Active Directory even more within the core Windows Azure management experience, and enabling an even richer enterprise security offering.  Specifically: 1) All Windows Azure accounts now have a default Windows Azure Active Directory created for them.  You can create and map any users you want into this directory, and grant administrative rights to manage resources in Windows Azure to these users. 2) You can keep this directory entirely hosted in the cloud – or optionally sync it with your on-premises Windows Server Active Directory.  Both options are free.  The later approach is ideal for companies that wish to use their corporate user identities to sign-in and manage Windows Azure resources.  It also ensures that if an employee leaves an organization, his or her access control rights to the company’s Windows Azure resources are immediately revoked. 3) The Windows Azure Service Management APIs have been updated to support using Windows Azure Active Directory credentials to sign-in and perform management operations.  Prior to today’s release customers had to download and use management certificates (which were not scoped to individual users) to perform management operations.  We still support this management certificate approach (don’t worry – nothing will stop working).  But we think the new Windows Azure Active Directory authentication support enables an even easier and more secure way for customers to manage resources going forward.  4) The Windows Azure SDK 2.2 release (which is also shipping today) includes built-in support for the new Service Management APIs that authenticate with Windows Azure Active Directory, and now allow you to create and manage Windows Azure applications and resources directly within Visual Studio using your Active Directory credentials.  This, combined with updated PowerShell scripts that also support Active Directory, enables an end-to-end enterprise authentication story with Windows Azure. Below are some details on how all of this works: Subscriptions within a Directory As part of today’s update, we have associated all existing Window Azure accounts with a Windows Azure Active Directory (and created one for you if you don’t already have one). When you login to the Windows Azure Management Portal you’ll now see the directory name in the URI of the browser.  For example, in the screen-shot below you can see that I have a “scottgu” directory that my subscriptions are hosted within: Note that you can continue to use Microsoft Accounts (formerly known as Microsoft Live IDs) to sign-into Windows Azure.  These map just fine to a Windows Azure Active Directory – so there is no need to create new usernames that are specific to a directory if you don’t want to.  In the scenario above I’m actually logged in using my @hotmail.com based Microsoft ID which is now mapped to a “scottgu” active directory that was created for me.  By default everything will continue to work just like you used to before. Manage your Directory You can manage an Active Directory (including the one we now create for you by default) by clicking the “Active Directory” tab in the left-hand side of the portal.  This will list all of the directories in your account.  Clicking one the first time will display a getting started page that provides documentation and links to perform common tasks with it: You can use the built-in directory management support within the Windows Azure Management Portal to add/remove/manage users within the directory, enable multi-factor authentication, associate a custom domain (e.g. mycompanyname.com) with the directory, and/or rename the directory to whatever friendly name you want (just click the configure tab to do this).  You can also setup the directory to automatically sync with an on-premises Active Directory using the “Directory Integration” tab. Note that users within a directory by default do not have admin rights to login or manage Windows Azure based resources.  You still need to explicitly grant them co-admin permissions on a subscription for them to login or manage resources in Windows Azure.  You can do this by clicking the Settings tab on the left-hand side of the portal and then by clicking the administrators tab within it. Sign-In Integration within Visual Studio If you install the new Windows Azure SDK 2.2 release, you can now connect to Windows Azure from directly inside Visual Studio without having to download any management certificates.  You can now just right-click on the “Windows Azure” icon within the Server Explorer and choose the “Connect to Windows Azure” context menu option to do so: Doing this will prompt you to enter the email address of the username you wish to sign-in with (make sure this account is a user in your directory with co-admin rights on a subscription): You can use either a Microsoft Account (e.g. Windows Live ID) or an Active Directory based Organizational account as the email.  The dialog will update with an appropriate login prompt depending on which type of email address you enter: Once you sign-in you’ll see the Windows Azure resources that you have permissions to manage show up automatically within the Visual Studio server explorer and be available to start using: No downloading of management certificates required.  All of the authentication was handled using your Windows Azure Active Directory! Manage Subscriptions across Multiple Directories If you have already have multiple directories and multiple subscriptions within your Windows Azure account, we have done our best to create a good default mapping of your subscriptions->directories as part of today’s update.  If you don’t like the default subscription-to-directory mapping we have done you can click the Settings tab in the left-hand navigation of the Windows Azure Management Portal and browse to the Subscriptions tab within it: If you want to map a subscription under a different directory in your account, simply select the subscription from the list, and then click the “Edit Directory” button to choose which directory to map it to.  Mapping a subscription to a different directory takes only seconds and will not cause any of the resources within the subscription to recycle or stop working.  We’ve made the directory->subscription mapping process self-service so that you always have complete control and can map things however you want. Filtering By Directory and Subscription Within the Windows Azure Management Portal you can filter resources in the portal by subscription (allowing you to show/hide different subscriptions).  If you have subscriptions mapped to multiple directory tenants, we also now have a filter drop-down that allows you to filter the subscription list by directory tenant.  This filter is only available if you have multiple subscriptions mapped to multiple directories within your Windows Azure Account:   Windows Azure SDK 2.2 Today we are also releasing a major update of our Windows Azure SDK.  The Windows Azure SDK 2.2 release adds some great new features including: Visual Studio 2013 Support Integrated Windows Azure Sign-In support within Visual Studio Remote Debugging Cloud Services with Visual Studio Firewall Management support within Visual Studio for SQL Databases Visual Studio 2013 RTM VM Images for MSDN Subscribers Windows Azure Management Libraries for .NET Updated Windows Azure PowerShell Cmdlets and ScriptCenter I’ll post a follow-up blog shortly with more details about all of the above. Additional Updates In addition to the above enhancements, today’s release also includes a number of additional improvements: AutoScale: Richer time and date based scheduling support (set different rules on different dates) AutoScale: Ability to Scale to Zero Virtual Machines (very useful for Dev/Test scenarios) AutoScale: Support for time-based scheduling of Mobile Service AutoScale rules Operation Logs: Auditing support for Service Bus management operations Today we also shipped a major update to the Windows Azure SDK – Windows Azure SDK 2.2.  It has so much goodness in it that I have a whole second blog post coming shortly on it! :-) Summary Today’s Windows Azure release enables a bunch of great new scenarios, and enables a much richer enterprise authentication offering. If you don’t already have a Windows Azure account, you can sign-up for a free trial and start using all of the above features today.  Then visit the Windows Azure Developer Center to learn more about how to build apps with it. Hope this helps, Scott P.S. In addition to blogging, I am also now using Twitter for quick updates and to share links. Follow me at: twitter.com/scottgu

    Read the article

  • CodePlex Daily Summary for Monday, December 06, 2010

    CodePlex Daily Summary for Monday, December 06, 2010Popular ReleasesAura: Aura Preview 1: Rewritten from scratch. This release supports getting color only from icon of foreground window.myCollections: Version 1.2: New in version 1.2: Big performance improvement. New Design (Added Outlook style View, New detail view, New Groub By...) Added Sort by Media Added Manage Movie Studio Zoom preference is now saved. Media name are now editable. Added Portuguese version You can now Hide details panel Add support for FLAC tags You can now imports books from BibTex Xml file BugFixingmytrip.mvc (CMS & e-Commerce): mytrip.mvc 1.0.49.0 beta: mytrip.mvc 1.0.49.0 beta web Web for install hosting System Requirements: NET 4.0, MSSQL 2008 or MySql (auto creation table to database) if .\SQLEXPRESS auto creation database (App_Data folder) mytrip.mvc 1.0.49.0 beta src System Requirements: Visual Studio 2010 or Web Deweloper 2010 MSSQL 2008 or MySql (auto creation table to database) if .\SQLEXPRESS auto creation database (App_Data folder) Connector/Net 6.3.4, MVC3 RC WARNING For run and debug mytrip.mvc 1.0.49.0 beta src download and ...Menu and Context Menu for Silverlight 4.0: Silverlight Menu and Context Menu v2.3 Beta: - Added keyboard navigation support with access keys - Shortcuts like Ctrl-Alt-A are now supported(where the browser permits it) - The PopupMenuSeparator is now completely based on the PopupMenuItem class - Moved item manipulation code to a partial class in PopupMenuItemsControl.cs - Moved menu management and keyboard navigation code to the new PopupMenuManager class - Simplified the layout by removing the RootGrid element(all content is now placed in OverlayCanvas and is accessed by the new ...SubtitleTools: SubtitleTools 1.0: First public releaseMiniTwitter: 1.62: MiniTwitter 1.62 ???? ?? ??????????????????????????????????????? 140 ?????????????????????????? ???????????????????????????????? ?? ??????????????????????????????????Phalanger - The PHP Language Compiler for the .NET Framework: 2.0 (December 2010): The release is targetted for stable daily use. With improved performance and enhanced compatibility with several latest PHP open source applications; it makes this release perfect replacement of your old PHP runtime. Changes made within this release include following and much more: Performance improvements based on real-world applications experience. We determined biggest bottlenecks and we found and removed overheads causing performance problems in many PHP applications. Reimplemented nat...Chronos WPF: Chronos v2.0 Beta 3: Release notes: Updated introduction document. Updated Visual Studio 2010 Extension (vsix) package. Added horizontal scrolling to the main window TaskBar. Added new styles for ListView, ListViewItem, GridViewColumnHeader, ... Added a new WindowViewModel class (allowing to fetch data). Added a new Navigate method (with several overloads) to the NavigationViewModel class (protected). Reimplemented Task usage for the WorkspaceViewModel.OnDelete method. Removed the reflection effect...MDownloader: MDownloader-0.15.26.7024: Fixed updater; Fixed MegauploadDJ - jQuery WebControls for ASP.NET: DJ 1.2: What is new? Update to support jQuery 1.4.2 Update to support jQuery ui 1.8.6 Update to Visual Studio 2010 New WebControls with samples added Autocomplete WebControl Button WebControl ToggleButt WebControl The example web site is including in source code project.LateBindingApi.Excel: LateBindingApi.Excel Release 0.7g: Unterschiede zur Vorgängerversion: - Zusätzliche Interior Properties - Group / Ungroup Methoden für Range - Bugfix COM Reference Handling für Application Objekt in einigen Klassen Release+Samples V0.7g: - Enthält Laufzeit DLL und Beispielprojekte Beispielprojekte: COMAddinExample - Demonstriert ein versionslos angebundenes COMAddin Example01 - Background Colors und Borders für Cells Example02 - Font Attributes undAlignment für Cells Example03 - Numberformats Example04 - Shapes, WordArts, P...ESRI ArcGIS Silverlight Toolkit: November 2010 - v2.1: ESRI ArcGIS Silverlight Toolkit v2.1 Added Windows Phone 7 build. New controls added: InfoWindow ChildPage (Windows Phone 7 only) See what's new here full details for : http://help.arcgis.com/en/webapi/silverlight/help/#/What_s_new_in_2_1/016600000025000000/ Note: Requires Visual Studio 2010, .NET 4.0 and Silverlight 4.0.ASP .NET MVC CMS (Content Management System): Atomic CMS 2.1.1: Atomic CMS 2.1.1 release notes Atomic CMS installation guide Free Silverlight & WPF Chart Control - Visifire: Visifire SL and WPF Charts v3.6.5 beta Released: Hi, Today we are releasing Visifire 3.6.5 beta with the following new feature: New property AutoFitToPlotArea has been introduced in DataSeries. AutoFitToPlotArea will bring bubbles inside the PlotArea in order to avoid clipping of bubbles in bubble chart. Also this release includes few bug fixes: AxisXLabel label were getting clipped if angle was set for AxisLabels and ScrollingEnabled was not set in Chart. If LabelStyle property was set as 'Inside', size of the Pie was not proper. Yo...EnhSim: EnhSim 2.1.1: 2.1.1This release adds in the changes for 4.03a. To use this release, you must have the Microsoft Visual C++ 2010 Redistributable Package installed. This can be downloaded from http://www.microsoft.com/downloads/en/details.aspx?FamilyID=A7B7A05E-6DE6-4D3A-A423-37BF0912DB84 To use the GUI you must have the .NET 4.0 Framework installed. This can be downloaded from http://www.microsoft.com/downloads/en/details.aspx?FamilyID=9cfb2d51-5ff4-4491-b0e5-b386f32c0992 - Switched Searing Flames bac...AI: Initial 0.0.1: It’s simply just one code file; it simulates AI and machine in a simulated world. The AI has a little understanding of its body machine and parts, and able to use its feet to do actions just start and stop walking. The world is all of white with nothing but just the machine on a white planet. Colors, odors and position information make no sense. I’m previous C# programmer and I’m learning F# during this project, although I’m still not a good F# programmer, in this project I learning to prog...NKinect: NKinect Preview: Build features: Accelerometer reading Motor serial number property Realtime image update Realtime depth calculation Export to PLY (On demand) Control motor LED Control Kinect tiltMicrosoft - Domain Oriented N-Layered .NET 4.0 App Sample (Microsoft Spain): V1.0 - N-Layer DDD Sample App .NET 4.0: Required Software (Microsoft Base Software needed for Development environment) Visual Studio 2010 RTM & .NET 4.0 RTM (Final Versions) Expression Blend 4 SQL Server 2008 R2 Express/Standard/Enterprise Unity Application Block 2.0 - Published May 5th 2010 http://www.microsoft.com/downloads/en/details.aspx?FamilyID=2D24F179-E0A6-49D7-89C4-5B67D939F91B&displaylang=en http://unity.codeplex.com/releases/view/31277 PEX & MOLES 0.94.51023.0, 29/Oct/2010 - Visual Studio 2010 Power Tools http://re...Sense/Net Enterprise Portal & ECMS: SenseNet 6.0.1 Community Edition: Sense/Net 6.0.1 Community Edition This half year we have been working quite fiercely to bring you the long-awaited release of Sense/Net 6.0. Download this Community Edition to see what we have been up to. These months we have worked on getting the WebCMS capabilities of Sense/Net 6.0 up to par. New features include: New, powerful page and portlet editing experience. HTML and CSS cleanup, new, powerful site skinning system. Upgraded, lightning-fast indexing and query via Lucene. Limita...Minecraft GPS: Minecraft GPS 1.1.1: New Features Compass! New style. Set opacity on main window to allow overlay of Minecraft. Open World in any folder. Fixes Fixed style so listbox won't grow the window size. Fixed open file dialog issue on non-vista kernel machines.New ProjectsAboutTime: The AboutTime WPF controls project is aimed at developing custom controls that relate to time.aReader: aReader is a free software, it's used as an XPS document reader. It's developed in C# Language and use Windows Presentation Foundation technology with .NET Framework 3.5. Mixed with Ribbon Controls Library for GUI (Graphic User Interface) make this application user friendly.Battle Net Info: Battle Net Info provides information of the StarCraft2 player from his profile pageBencoder: Library for encode/decode bencode file or string. It's developing on C#.BiBongNet: BiBongNet Project.Binhnt: BinhntC++ Bloom Filter Library: C++ Bloom Filter LibraryChild Sponsorship Manager: Sponsorship Manager is developed for a NPO that provides child sponsorship in developing countries. It is possible to track sponsor child relations, gifts and payments. It is developed in visual basic . netDocBlogger: This is a tool for automatically converting existing XML comments from your project into MSDN style HTML for posting to the codeplex site. This will use the MetaBlog API to post code, but can be used in a copy paste fashion right away.Dynamic Rdlc WebControl: "Dynamic Rdlc WebControl" is an ASP .NET WebControl to generate dynamic reports in RDLC format without generate physical files. Suports groups and totalizers. It is developed with Microsoft Visual Studio 2010, ASP .NET and C# 4.Fake Call for Windows Phone 7: Coding4Fun Windows Phone 7 fake call applicationFlow launcher: Flow is the worlds fastest application launcher, using an onscreen keyboard and mnemonics to achieve lightning fast shortcut launching.GaDotNet: GaDotNet is an open source library designed to make it easy to log page views, events and transactions, through c# code, without using JavaScript or even needing to have a browser.HackerNews for WP7: HackerNews is a WP7 client for the HackerNews website.How much is this meeting costing us?: Coding4Fun Windows Phone 7 "How much is this meeting costing us?" applicationKLAB: KLABMap Navigator: Map Navigator - it's a silverlight application intended to work with maps.MNRT: MNRT implements (demonstrates) several techniques to realize fast global illumination for dynamic scenes on Graphics Processing Units (GPUs) using CUDA. A GPU-based kd-tree was implemented to accelerate both ray tracing and photon mapping.MVC Helpers: MVC Helper makes developing views easier. It contains extended helpers classes to render view content. It is developed in C#.Net Extended Helpers for Grid has been created so far. MVCPets: This is a projected dedicated to providing a free platform to be used by animal rescue organizations. The hope is that this project can fill the void for those rescue groups that can't afford to pay a professional web designer/developer.MyGraphicProgram: ???????????????NAI: This project is a step by step illustration of some Numerical Analysis methods.Nemono: Nemono is an application that runs in the background, and is activated by pressing a key combination like ALT+W. When activated, Nemono uses context awareness to present relevant shortcuts to the user, and mnemonics to execute shortcuts.opojo: opojoOxyPlot: OxyPlot is a .NET library for making XY line plots. The focus is on simplicity and performance. The library contains custom controls for WPF and Windows Forms. The plots can also be exported to SVG, PDF and PNG.PowerChumby: PowerChumby is a Perl CGI script and a PowerShell module that gives you a PowerShell way of controlling your Chumby.RHoK Berlin Visio Projekt: Random Hacks of Kindness - Berlin Projekt für die Senatsverwaltung für Gesundheit, Umwelt und Verbraucherschutz Query, integrate and display external data in Microsoft Visio. It's developed in C#.sc2md: starcraft.md news portalSlide Show: Coding4Fun Windows Phone 7 Slide Show applicationsmartcon: smart control centerTFS Fav source: Favourites for source location in VSTwitter Followers Monitor: Free and Open Source tool that will let you monitor any Twitter account for its new & lost followers even if it's not yours and you don't have its credentials. It allows you to add several Twitter accounts and be updated right from your desktop.

    Read the article

  • jQuery, ASP.NET, and Browser History

    - by Stephen Walther
    One objection that people always raise against Ajax applications concerns browser history. Because an Ajax application updates its content by performing sneaky Ajax postbacks, the browser backwards and forwards buttons don’t work as you would normally expect. In a normal, non-Ajax application, when you click the browser back button, you return to a previous state of the application. For example, if you are paging through a set of movie records, you might return to the previous page of records. In an Ajax application, on the other hand, the browser backwards and forwards buttons do not work as you would expect. If you navigate to the second page in a list of records and click the backwards button, you won’t return to the previous page. Most likely, you will end up navigating away from the application entirely (which is very unexpected and irritating). Bookmarking presents a similar problem. You cannot bookmark a particular page of records in an Ajax application because the address bar does not reflect the state of the application. The Ajax Solution There is a solution to both of these problems. To solve both of these problems, you must take matters into your own hands and take responsibility for saving and restoring your application state yourself. Furthermore, you must ensure that the address bar gets updated to reflect the state of your application. In this blog entry, I demonstrate how you can take advantage of a jQuery library named bbq that enables you to control browser history (and make your Ajax application bookmarkable) in a cross-browser compatible way. The JavaScript Libraries In this blog entry, I take advantage of the following four JavaScript files: jQuery-1.4.2.js – The jQuery library. Available from the Microsoft Ajax CDN at http://ajax.microsoft.com/ajax/jquery/jquery-1.4.2.js jquery.pager.js – Used to generate pager for navigating records. Available from http://plugins.jquery.com/project/Pager microtemplates.js – John Resig’s micro-templating library. Available from http://ejohn.org/blog/javascript-micro-templating/ jquery.ba-bbq.js – The Back Button and Query (BBQ) Library. Available from http://benalman.com/projects/jquery-bbq-plugin/ All of these libraries, with the exception of the Micro-templating library, are available under the MIT open-source license. The Ajax Application Let’s start by building a simple Ajax application that enables you to page through a set of movie database records, 3 records at a time. We’ll use my favorite database named MoviesDB. This database contains a Movies table that looks like this: We’ll create a data model for this database by taking advantage of the ADO.NET Entity Framework. The data model looks like this: Finally, we’ll expose the data to the universe with the help of a WCF Data Service named MovieService.svc. The code for the data service is contained in Listing 1. Listing 1 – MovieService.svc using System.Data.Services; using System.Data.Services.Common; namespace WebApplication1 { public class MovieService : DataService<MoviesDBEntities> { public static void InitializeService(DataServiceConfiguration config) { config.SetEntitySetAccessRule("Movies", EntitySetRights.AllRead); config.DataServiceBehavior.MaxProtocolVersion = DataServiceProtocolVersion.V2; } } } The WCF Data Service in Listing 1 exposes the movies so that you can query the movie database table with URLs that looks like this: http://localhost:2474/MovieService.svc/Movies -- Returns all movies http://localhost:2474/MovieService.svc/Movies?$top=5 – Returns 5 movies The HTML page in Listing 2 enables you to page through the set of movies retrieved from the WCF Data Service. Listing 2 – Original.html <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd"> <html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> <head> <title>Movies with History</title> <link href="Design/Pager.css" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" /> </head> <body> <h1>Page <span id="pageNumber"></span> of <span id="pageCount"></span></h1> <div id="pager"></div> <br style="clear:both" /><br /> <div id="moviesContainer"></div> <script src="http://ajax.microsoft.com/ajax/jquery/jquery-1.4.2.js" type="text/javascript"></script> <script src="App_Scripts/Microtemplates.js" type="text/javascript"></script> <script src="App_Scripts/jquery.pager.js" type="text/javascript"></script> <script type="text/javascript"> var pageSize = 3, pageIndex = 0; // Show initial page of movies showMovies(); function showMovies() { // Build OData query var query = "/MovieService.svc" // base URL + "/Movies" // top-level resource + "?$skip=" + pageIndex * pageSize // skip records + "&$top=" + pageSize // take records + " &$inlinecount=allpages"; // include total count of movies // Make call to WCF Data Service $.ajax({ dataType: "json", url: query, success: showMoviesComplete }); } function showMoviesComplete(result) { // unwrap results var movies = result["d"]["results"]; var movieCount = result["d"]["__count"] // Show movies using template var showMovie = tmpl("<li><%=Id%> - <%=Title %></li>"); var html = ""; for (var i = 0; i < movies.length; i++) { html += showMovie(movies[i]); } $("#moviesContainer").html(html); // show pager $("#pager").pager({ pagenumber: (pageIndex + 1), pagecount: Math.ceil(movieCount / pageSize), buttonClickCallback: selectPage }); // Update page number and page count $("#pageNumber").text(pageIndex + 1); $("#pageCount").text(movieCount); } function selectPage(pageNumber) { pageIndex = pageNumber - 1; showMovies(); } </script> </body> </html> The page in Listing 3 has the following three functions: showMovies() – Performs an Ajax call against the WCF Data Service to retrieve a page of movies. showMoviesComplete() – When the Ajax call completes successfully, this function displays the movies by using a template. This function also renders the pager user interface. selectPage() – When you select a particular page by clicking on a page number in the pager UI, this function updates the current page index and calls the showMovies() function. Figure 1 illustrates what the page looks like when it is opened in a browser. Figure 1 If you click the page numbers then the browser history is not updated. Clicking the browser forward and backwards buttons won’t move you back and forth in browser history. Furthermore, the address displayed in the address bar does not change when you navigate to different pages. You cannot bookmark any page except for the first page. Adding Browser History The Back Button and Query (bbq) library enables you to add support for browser history and bookmarking to a jQuery application. The bbq library supports two important methods: jQuery.bbq.pushState(object) – Adds state to browser history. jQuery.bbq.getState(key) – Gets state from browser history. The bbq library also supports one important event: hashchange – This event is raised when the part of an address after the hash # is changed. The page in Listing 3 demonstrates how to use the bbq library to add support for browser navigation and bookmarking to an Ajax page. Listing 3 – Default.html <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd"> <html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> <head> <title>Movies with History</title> <link href="Design/Pager.css" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" /> </head> <body> <h1>Page <span id="pageNumber"></span> of <span id="pageCount"></span></h1> <div id="pager"></div> <br style="clear:both" /><br /> <div id="moviesContainer"></div> <script src="http://ajax.microsoft.com/ajax/jquery/jquery-1.4.2.js" type="text/javascript"></script> <script src="App_Scripts/jquery.ba-bbq.js" type="text/javascript"></script> <script src="App_Scripts/Microtemplates.js" type="text/javascript"></script> <script src="App_Scripts/jquery.pager.js" type="text/javascript"></script> <script type="text/javascript"> var pageSize = 3, pageIndex = 0; $(window).bind('hashchange', function (e) { pageIndex = e.getState("pageIndex") || 0; pageIndex = parseInt(pageIndex); showMovies(); }); $(window).trigger('hashchange'); function showMovies() { // Build OData query var query = "/MovieService.svc" // base URL + "/Movies" // top-level resource + "?$skip=" + pageIndex * pageSize // skip records + "&$top=" + pageSize // take records +" &$inlinecount=allpages"; // include total count of movies // Make call to WCF Data Service $.ajax({ dataType: "json", url: query, success: showMoviesComplete }); } function showMoviesComplete(result) { // unwrap results var movies = result["d"]["results"]; var movieCount = result["d"]["__count"] // Show movies using template var showMovie = tmpl("<li><%=Id%> - <%=Title %></li>"); var html = ""; for (var i = 0; i < movies.length; i++) { html += showMovie(movies[i]); } $("#moviesContainer").html(html); // show pager $("#pager").pager({ pagenumber: (pageIndex + 1), pagecount: Math.ceil(movieCount / pageSize), buttonClickCallback: selectPage }); // Update page number and page count $("#pageNumber").text(pageIndex + 1); $("#pageCount").text(movieCount); } function selectPage(pageNumber) { pageIndex = pageNumber - 1; $.bbq.pushState({ pageIndex: pageIndex }); } </script> </body> </html> Notice the first chunk of JavaScript code in Listing 3: $(window).bind('hashchange', function (e) { pageIndex = e.getState("pageIndex") || 0; pageIndex = parseInt(pageIndex); showMovies(); }); $(window).trigger('hashchange'); When the hashchange event occurs, the current pageIndex is retrieved by calling the e.getState() method. The value is returned as a string and the value is cast to an integer by calling the JavaScript parseInt() function. Next, the showMovies() method is called to display the page of movies. The $(window).trigger() method is called to raise the hashchange event so that the initial page of records will be displayed. When you click a page number, the selectPage() method is invoked. This method adds the current page index to the address by calling the following method: $.bbq.pushState({ pageIndex: pageIndex }); For example, if you click on page number 2 then page index 1 is saved to the URL. The URL looks like this: Notice that when you click on page 2 then the browser address is updated to look like: /Default.htm#pageIndex=1 If you click on page 3 then the browser address is updated to look like: /Default.htm#pageIndex=2 Because the browser address is updated when you navigate to a new page number, the browser backwards and forwards button will work to navigate you backwards and forwards through the page numbers. When you click page 2, and click the backwards button, you will navigate back to page 1. Furthermore, you can bookmark a particular page of records. For example, if you bookmark the URL /Default.htm#pageIndex=1 then you will get the second page of records whenever you open the bookmark. Summary You should not avoid building Ajax applications because of worries concerning browser history or bookmarks. By taking advantage of a JavaScript library such as the bbq library, you can make your Ajax applications behave in exactly the same way as a normal web application.

    Read the article

  • Macbook Pro Wireless Reconnecting

    - by A Student at a University
    I'm using a WPA2 EAP network. I'm sitting next to the access point. The connection keeps dropping and taking ~10 seconds to reconnect. My other devices are staying online. What's causing it? syslog: 01:21:10 dhclient: DHCPREQUEST of XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX on eth1 to XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX port 67 01:21:10 dhclient: DHCPACK of XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX from XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX 01:21:10 NetworkManager[XX40]: <info> (eth1): DHCPv4 state changed reboot -> renew 01:21:10 NetworkManager[XX40]: <info> address XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX 01:21:10 NetworkManager[XX40]: <info> prefix 20 (XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX) 01:21:10 NetworkManager[XX40]: <info> gateway XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX 01:21:10 NetworkManager[XX40]: <info> nameserver 'XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX' 01:21:10 NetworkManager[XX40]: <info> nameserver 'XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX' 01:21:10 NetworkManager[XX40]: <info> nameserver 'XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX' 01:21:10 NetworkManager[XX40]: <info> domain name 'server.domain.tld' 01:21:10 dhclient: bound to XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX -- renewal in XXX seconds. 01:33:30 dhclient: DHCPREQUEST of XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX on eth1 to XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX port 67 01:33:30 dhclient: DHCPACK of XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX from XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX 01:33:30 dhclient: bound to XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX -- renewal in XXX seconds. 01:35:13 wpa_supplicant[XX60]: CTRL-EVENT-EAP-STARTED EAP authentication started 01:35:13 wpa_supplicant[XX60]: CTRL-EVENT-EAP-METHOD EAP vendor 0 method 25 (PEAP) selected 01:35:14 wpa_supplicant[XX60]: EAP-MSCHAPV2: Authentication succeeded 01:35:14 wpa_supplicant[XX60]: EAP-TLV: TLV Result - Success - EAP-TLV/Phase2 Completed 01:35:14 wpa_supplicant[XX60]: CTRL-EVENT-EAP-SUCCESS EAP authentication completed successfully 01:35:14 NetworkManager[XX40]: <info> (eth1): supplicant connection state: completed -> 4-way handshake 01:35:14 wpa_supplicant[XX60]: WPA: Key negotiation completed with XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX [PTK=CCMP GTK=TKIP] 01:35:14 NetworkManager[XX40]: <info> (eth1): supplicant connection state: 4-way handshake -> group handshake 01:35:14 NetworkManager[XX40]: <info> (eth1): supplicant connection state: group handshake -> completed 01:35:17 wpa_supplicant[XX60]: CTRL-EVENT-DISCONNECTED - Disconnect event - remove keys 01:35:17 NetworkManager[XX40]: <info> (eth1): supplicant connection state: completed -> disconnected 01:35:17 NetworkManager[XX40]: <info> (eth1): supplicant connection state: disconnected -> scanning 01:35:26 wpa_supplicant[XX60]: CTRL-EVENT-DISCONNECTED - Disconnect event - remove keys 01:35:26 NetworkManager[XX40]: <info> (eth1): supplicant connection state: scanning -> disconnected 01:35:29 NetworkManager[XX40]: <info> (eth1): supplicant connection state: disconnected -> scanning 01:35:32 NetworkManager[XX40]: <info> (eth1): device state change: 8 -> 3 (reason 11) 01:35:32 NetworkManager[XX40]: <info> (eth1): deactivating device (reason: 11). 01:35:32 NetworkManager[XX40]: <info> (eth1): canceled DHCP transaction, DHCP client pid XX27 01:35:32 NetworkManager[XX40]: <info> Activation (eth1) starting connection 'Auto XXXXXXXXXX' 01:35:32 NetworkManager[XX40]: <info> (eth1): device state change: 3 -> 4 (reason 0) 01:35:32 NetworkManager[XX40]: <info> Activation (eth1) Stage 1 of 5 (Device Prepare) scheduled... 01:35:32 NetworkManager[XX40]: <info> (eth1): supplicant connection state: scanning -> disconnected 01:35:32 NetworkManager[XX40]: <info> Activation (eth1) Stage 1 of 5 (Device Prepare) started... 01:35:32 NetworkManager[XX40]: <info> Activation (eth1) Stage 2 of 5 (Device Configure) scheduled... 01:35:32 NetworkManager[XX40]: <info> Activation (eth1) Stage 1 of 5 (Device Prepare) complete. 01:35:32 NetworkManager[XX40]: <info> Activation (eth1) Stage 2 of 5 (Device Configure) starting... 01:35:32 NetworkManager[XX40]: <info> (eth1): device state change: 4 -> 5 (reason 0) 01:35:32 NetworkManager[XX40]: <info> Activation (eth1/wireless): access point 'Auto XXXXXXXXXX' has security, but secrets are required. 01:35:32 NetworkManager[XX40]: <info> (eth1): device state change: 5 -> 6 (reason 0) 01:35:32 NetworkManager[XX40]: <info> Activation (eth1) Stage 2 of 5 (Device Configure) complete. 01:35:32 NetworkManager[XX40]: <info> Activation (eth1) Stage 1 of 5 (Device Prepare) scheduled... 01:35:32 NetworkManager[XX40]: <info> Activation (eth1) Stage 1 of 5 (Device Prepare) started... 01:35:32 NetworkManager[XX40]: <info> (eth1): device state change: 6 -> 4 (reason 0) 01:35:32 NetworkManager[XX40]: <info> Activation (eth1) Stage 2 of 5 (Device Configure) scheduled... 01:35:32 NetworkManager[XX40]: <info> Activation (eth1) Stage 1 of 5 (Device Prepare) complete. 01:35:32 NetworkManager[XX40]: <info> Activation (eth1) Stage 2 of 5 (Device Configure) starting... 01:35:32 NetworkManager[XX40]: <info> (eth1): device state change: 4 -> 5 (reason 0) 01:35:32 NetworkManager[XX40]: <info> Activation (eth1/wireless): connection 'Auto XXXXXXXXXX' has security, and secrets exist. No new secrets needed. 01:35:32 NetworkManager[XX40]: <info> Config: added 'ssid' value 'XXXXXXXXXX' 01:35:32 NetworkManager[XX40]: <info> Config: added 'scan_ssid' value '1' 01:35:32 NetworkManager[XX40]: <info> Config: added 'key_mgmt' value 'WPA-EAP' 01:35:32 NetworkManager[XX40]: <info> Config: added 'password' value '<omitted>' 01:35:32 NetworkManager[XX40]: <info> Config: added 'eap' value 'PEAP' 01:35:32 NetworkManager[XX40]: <info> Config: added 'fragment_size' value 'XXX0' 01:35:32 NetworkManager[XX40]: <info> Config: added 'phase2' value 'auth=MSCHAPV2' 01:35:32 NetworkManager[XX40]: <info> Config: added 'ca_cert' value '/etc/ssl/certs/Equifax_Secure_CA.pem' 01:35:32 NetworkManager[XX40]: <info> Config: added 'identity' value 'XXXXXXX' 01:35:32 NetworkManager[XX40]: <info> Activation (eth1) Stage 2 of 5 (Device Configure) complete. 01:35:32 NetworkManager[XX40]: <info> Config: set interface ap_scan to 1 01:35:32 NetworkManager[XX40]: <info> (eth1): supplicant connection state: disconnected -> scanning 01:35:36 wpa_supplicant[XX60]: Associated with XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX 01:35:36 NetworkManager[XX40]: <info> (eth1): supplicant connection state: scanning -> associated 01:35:36 wpa_supplicant[XX60]: CTRL-EVENT-EAP-STARTED EAP authentication started 01:35:36 wpa_supplicant[XX60]: CTRL-EVENT-EAP-METHOD EAP vendor 0 method 25 (PEAP) selected 01:35:36 wpa_supplicant[XX60]: EAP-MSCHAPV2: Authentication succeeded 01:35:36 wpa_supplicant[XX60]: EAP-TLV: TLV Result - Success - EAP-TLV/Phase2 Completed 01:35:36 wpa_supplicant[XX60]: CTRL-EVENT-EAP-SUCCESS EAP authentication completed successfully 01:35:36 NetworkManager[XX40]: <info> (eth1): supplicant connection state: associated -> 4-way handshake 01:35:36 wpa_supplicant[XX60]: WPA: Could not find AP from the scan results 01:35:36 wpa_supplicant[XX60]: WPA: Key negotiation completed with XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX [PTK=CCMP GTK=TKIP] 01:35:36 wpa_supplicant[XX60]: CTRL-EVENT-CONNECTED - Connection to XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX completed (reauth) [id=0 id_str=] 01:35:36 NetworkManager[XX40]: <info> (eth1): supplicant connection state: 4-way handshake -> group handshake 01:35:36 NetworkManager[XX40]: <info> (eth1): supplicant connection state: group handshake -> completed 01:35:36 NetworkManager[XX40]: <info> Activation (eth1/wireless) Stage 2 of 5 (Device Configure) successful. Connected to wireless network 'XXXXXXXXXX'. 01:35:36 NetworkManager[XX40]: <info> Activation (eth1) Stage 3 of 5 (IP Configure Start) scheduled. 01:35:36 NetworkManager[XX40]: <info> Activation (eth1) Stage 3 of 5 (IP Configure Start) started... 01:35:36 NetworkManager[XX40]: <info> (eth1): device state change: 5 -> 7 (reason 0) 01:35:36 NetworkManager[XX40]: <info> Activation (eth1) Beginning DHCPv4 transaction (timeout in 45 seconds) 01:35:36 NetworkManager[XX40]: <info> dhclient started with pid XX87 01:35:36 NetworkManager[XX40]: <info> Activation (eth1) Stage 3 of 5 (IP Configure Start) complete. 01:35:36 dhclient: Internet Systems Consortium DHCP Client VXXX.XXX.XXX 01:35:36 dhclient: Copyright 2004-2009 Internet Systems Consortium. 01:35:36 dhclient: All rights reserved. 01:35:36 dhclient: For info, please visit https://www.isc.org/software/dhcp/ 01:35:36 dhclient: 01:35:36 NetworkManager[XX40]: <info> (eth1): DHCPv4 state changed nbi -> preinit 01:35:36 dhclient: Listening on LPF/eth1/XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX 01:35:36 dhclient: Sending on LPF/eth1/XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX 01:35:36 dhclient: Sending on Socket/fallback 01:35:36 dhclient: DHCPREQUEST of XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX on eth1 to XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX port 67 01:35:36 dhclient: DHCPACK of XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX from XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX 01:35:36 dhclient: bound to XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX -- renewal in XXX seconds. 01:35:36 NetworkManager[XX40]: <info> (eth1): DHCPv4 state changed preinit -> reboot 01:35:36 NetworkManager[XX40]: <info> Activation (eth1) Stage 4 of 5 (IP4 Configure Get) scheduled... 01:35:36 NetworkManager[XX40]: <info> Activation (eth1) Stage 4 of 5 (IP4 Configure Get) started... 01:35:36 NetworkManager[XX40]: <info> address XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX 01:35:36 NetworkManager[XX40]: <info> prefix 20 (XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX) 01:35:36 NetworkManager[XX40]: <info> gateway XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX 01:35:36 NetworkManager[XX40]: <info> nameserver 'XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX' 01:35:36 NetworkManager[XX40]: <info> nameserver 'XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX' 01:35:36 NetworkManager[XX40]: <info> nameserver 'XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX' 01:35:36 NetworkManager[XX40]: <info> domain name 'server.domain.tld' 01:35:36 NetworkManager[XX40]: <info> Activation (eth1) Stage 5 of 5 (IP Configure Commit) scheduled... 01:35:36 NetworkManager[XX40]: <info> Activation (eth1) Stage 4 of 5 (IP4 Configure Get) complete. 01:35:36 NetworkManager[XX40]: <info> Activation (eth1) Stage 5 of 5 (IP Configure Commit) started... 01:35:37 NetworkManager[XX40]: <info> (eth1): device state change: 7 -> 8 (reason 0) 01:35:37 NetworkManager[XX40]: <info> (eth1): roamed from BSSID XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX (XXXXXXXXXX) to XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX (XXXXXXXXX) 01:35:37 NetworkManager[XX40]: <info> Policy set 'Auto XXXXXXXXXX' (eth1) as default for IPv4 routing and DNS. 01:35:37 NetworkManager[XX40]: <info> Activation (eth1) successful, device activated. 01:35:37 NetworkManager[XX40]: <info> Activation (eth1) Stage 5 of 5 (IP Configure Commit) complete. 01:35:43 wpa_supplicant[XX60]: Trying to associate with XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX (SSID='XXXXXXXXXX' freq=2412 MHz) 01:35:43 NetworkManager[XX40]: <info> (eth1): supplicant connection state: completed -> associating 01:35:43 wpa_supplicant[XX60]: Association request to the driver failed 01:35:46 wpa_supplicant[XX60]: Associated with XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX 01:35:46 NetworkManager[XX40]: <info> (eth1): supplicant connection state: associating -> associated 01:35:46 NetworkManager[XX40]: <info> (eth1): supplicant connection state: associated -> 4-way handshake 01:35:46 wpa_supplicant[XX60]: WPA: Key negotiation completed with XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX [PTK=CCMP GTK=TKIP] 01:35:46 wpa_supplicant[XX60]: CTRL-EVENT-CONNECTED - Connection to XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX completed (reauth) [id=0 id_str=] 01:35:46 NetworkManager[XX40]: <info> (eth1): supplicant connection state: 4-way handshake -> group handshake 01:35:46 NetworkManager[XX40]: <info> (eth1): supplicant connection state: group handshake -> completed 01:40:47 wpa_supplicant[XX60]: WPA: Group rekeying completed with XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX [GTK=TKIP] 01:40:47 NetworkManager[XX40]: <info> (eth1): supplicant connection state: completed -> group handshake 01:40:47 NetworkManager[XX40]: <info> (eth1): supplicant connection state: group handshake -> completed 01:50:19 dhclient: DHCPREQUEST of XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX on eth1 to XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX port 67 01:50:19 dhclient: DHCPACK of XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX from XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX

    Read the article

  • CodePlex Daily Summary for Friday, December 10, 2010

    CodePlex Daily Summary for Friday, December 10, 2010Popular ReleasesFree Silverlight & WPF Chart Control - Visifire: Visifire Silverlight, WPF Charts v3.6.5 Released: Hi, Today we are releasing final version of Visifire, v3.6.5 with the following new feature: * New property AutoFitToPlotArea has been introduced in DataSeries. AutoFitToPlotArea will bring bubbles inside the PlotArea in order to avoid clipping of bubbles in bubble chart. You can visit Visifire documentation to know more. http://www.visifire.com/visifirechartsdocumentation.php Also this release includes few bug fixes: * Chart threw exception while adding new Axis in Chart using Vi...PHPExcel: PHPExcel 1.7.5 Production: DonationsDonate via PayPal via PayPal. If you want to, we can also add your name / company on our Donation Acknowledgements page. PEAR channelWe now also have a full PEAR channel! Here's how to use it: New installation: pear channel-discover pear.pearplex.net pear install pearplex/PHPExcel Or if you've already installed PHPExcel before: pear upgrade pearplex/PHPExcel The official page can be found at http://pearplex.net. Want to contribute?Please refer the Contribute page.UserVoice Helper for WebMatrix: UserVoice Helper v0.9: This version will work with ASP.NET WebPages and ASP.NET MVC ApplicationsDNN Simple Article: DNNSimpleArticle Module V00.00.03: The initial release of the DNNSimpleArticle module (labelled V00.00.03) There are C# and VB versions of this module for this initial release. No promises that going forward there will be packages for both languages provided for future releases. This module provides the following functionality Create and display articles Display a paged list of articles Articles get created as DNN ContentItems Categorization provided through DNN Taxonomy SEO functionality for article display providi...UOB & ME: UOB_ME 2.5: latest versionCouchDB.NET: CouchDB.NET 0.1: CouchDB.NET ------- Libraries and providers to use CouchDB features from .NET This distribution includes the following projects: - MachineKeyGenerator: Command line tool to generate a machine key string for use in App.Config and Web.Config files. - CouchDB.NET: Library to facilitate the use of CouchDB features. It uses Hadi Hariri's EasyHttp library to communicate with the CouchDB server. More info at: https://github.com/hhariri/EasyHttp - CouchDb.ASP.NET: ASP.NET Membership Provider and ASP...AutoLoL: AutoLoL v1.4.3: AutoLoL now supports importing the build pages from Mobafire.com as well! Just insert the url to the build and voila. (For example: http://www.mobafire.com/league-of-legends/build/unforgivens-guide-how-to-build-a-successful-mordekaiser-24061) Stable release of AutoChat (It is still recommended to use with caution and to read the documentation) It is now possible to associate *.lolm files with AutoLoL to quickly open them The selected spells are now displayed in the masteries tab for qu...SubtitleTools: SubtitleTools 1.2: - Added auto insertion of RLE (RIGHT-TO-LEFT EMBEDDING) Unicode character for the RTL languages. - Fixed delete rows issue.PHP Manager for IIS: PHP Manager 1.1 for IIS 7: This is a final stable release of PHP Manager 1.1 for IIS 7. This is a minor incremental release that contains all the functionality available in 53121 plus additional features listed below: Improved detection logic for existing PHP installations. Now PHP Manager detects the location to php.ini file in accordance to the PHP specifications Configuring date.timezone. PHP Manager can automatically set the date.timezone directive which is required to be set starting from PHP 5.3 Ability to ...Algorithmia: Algorithmia 1.1: Algorithmia v1.1, released on December 8th, 2010.SuperSocket, an extensible socket application framework: SuperSocket 1.0 SP1: Fixed bugs: fixed a potential bug that the running state hadn't been updated after socket server stopped fixed a synchronization issue when clearing timeout session fixed a bug in ArraySegmentList fixed a bug on getting configuration valueCslaGenFork: CslaGenFork 4.0 CTP 2: The version is 4.0.1 CTP2 and was released 2010 December 7 and includes the following files: CslaGenFork 4.0.1-2010-12-07 Setup.msi Templates-2010-10-07.zip For getting started instructions, refer to How to section. Overview of the changes Since CTP1 there were 53 work items closed (28 features, 24 issues and 1 task). During this 60 days a lot of work has been done on several areas. First the stereotypes: EditableRoot is OK EditableChild is OK EditableRootCollection is OK Editable...My Web Pages Starter Kit: 1.3.1 Production Release (Security HOTFIX): Due to a critical security issue, it's strongly advised to update the My Web Pages Starter Kit to this version. Possible attackers could misuse the image upload to transmit any type of file to the website. If you already have a running version of My Web Pages Starter Kit 1.3.0, you can just replace the ftb.imagegallery.aspx file in the root directory with the one attached to this release.EnhSim: EnhSim 2.2.0 ALPHA: 2.2.0 ALPHAThis release adds in the changes for 4.03a. at level 85 To use this release, you must have the Microsoft Visual C++ 2010 Redistributable Package installed. This can be downloaded from http://www.microsoft.com/downloads/en/details.aspx?FamilyID=A7B7A05E-6DE6-4D3A-A423-37BF0912DB84 To use the GUI you must have the .NET 4.0 Framework installed. This can be downloaded from http://www.microsoft.com/downloads/en/details.aspx?FamilyID=9cfb2d51-5ff4-4491-b0e5-b386f32c0992 - Updated En...ASP.NET MVC Project Awesome (jQuery Ajax helpers): 1.4: A rich set of helpers (controls) that you can use to build highly responsive and interactive Ajax-enabled Web applications. These helpers include Autocomplete, AjaxDropdown, Lookup, Confirm Dialog, Popup Form, Popup and Pager new stuff: popup WhiteSpaceFilterAttribute tested on mozilla, safari, chrome, opera, ie 9b/8/7/6nopCommerce. ASP.NET open source shopping cart: nopCommerce 1.90: To see the full list of fixes and changes please visit the release notes page (http://www.nopCommerce.com/releasenotes.aspx).myCollections: Version 1.2: New in version 1.2: Big performance improvement. New Design (Added Outlook style View, New detail view, New Groub By...) Added Sort by Media Added Manage Movie Studio Zoom preference is now saved. Media name are now editable. Added Portuguese version You can now Hide details panel Add support for FLAC tags You can now imports books from BibTex Xml file BugFixingmytrip.mvc (CMS & e-Commerce): mytrip.mvc 1.0.49.0 beta: mytrip.mvc 1.0.49.0 beta web Web for install hosting System Requirements: NET 4.0, MSSQL 2008 or MySql (auto creation table to database) if .\SQLEXPRESS auto creation database (App_Data folder) mytrip.mvc 1.0.49.0 beta src System Requirements: Visual Studio 2010 or Web Deweloper 2010 MSSQL 2008 or MySql (auto creation table to database) if .\SQLEXPRESS auto creation database (App_Data folder) Connector/Net 6.3.4, MVC3 RC WARNING For run and debug mytrip.mvc 1.0.49.0 beta src download and ...Menu and Context Menu for Silverlight 4.0: Silverlight Menu and Context Menu v2.3 Beta: - Added keyboard navigation support with access keys - Shortcuts like Ctrl-Alt-A are now supported(where the browser permits it) - The PopupMenuSeparator is now completely based on the PopupMenuItem class - Moved item manipulation code to a partial class in PopupMenuItemsControl.cs - Moved menu management and keyboard navigation code to the new PopupMenuManager class - Simplified the layout by removing the RootGrid element(all content is now placed in OverlayCanvas and is accessed by the new ...MiniTwitter: 1.62: MiniTwitter 1.62 ???? ?? ??????????????????????????????????????? 140 ?????????????????????????? ???????????????????????????????? ?? ??????????????????????????????????New ProjectsAccountingGuid: for testing onlyChinese Nag Screen: This is a simple but effective program for learning to recognize Mandarin characters. The application sits in the system tray and displays a character random through your day. You can only get rid of it by typing in the pinyin.CouchDB.NET: .NET libraries to use CouchDB from .NET. Included are Membership and Roles provider so that you may use CouchDB as your integrated DB backend on your ASP.NET projects. Please see the readme.txt file for instructions.DataSetMapper: The idea behind DataSetMapper is to provide support for the automatic mapping of legacy DataSet based structures to proper domain objects. In essence the aim is to create the Mapping aspect of an ORM without the persistence concerns.EasyXnaAudio: EasyXnaAudio is a simple component for use in XNA Game Studio 3.1/4.0 projects that provides an easy interface to load, play, and manage songs and sounds in your game.FixMailboxSD - Exchange Mailbox Security Descriptor Canonicalizer: This is a small utility to fix mailbox security descriptors in Microsoft Exchange that have become non-canonical. It must be run on a machine with Exchange System Manager for Exchange 2003 installed, but it will work against mailboxes on 2003 or 2007 (not 2010).GearSynth Plugin: a plugin for graphsynth that makes gear trainsGroceryList: TBD with first versionIBMS Suite Build on the Associate Platform: A new way of approaching Information Systems. From the UI, users of the IS will be able to build and manipulate the IS to whatever way fits their needs. We have simplified development, removed the chasm between management and IT and give the power of simplification to the user!Ivy Nasha Framework: A PHP FrameworkjQuery helpers for ASP.NET and ASP.NET MVC: jQuery helpers makes it easier for ASP.NET developers to build jQuery scripts. It's developed in C#. JSTest.NET: JSTest.NET enabled JavaScript unit tests to be run directly in the test framework of your choice (MSTest, NUnit, xUnit, etc) and all without the need for a web browser. JSTest.NET utilizes the Windows Script Host (CScript) to run fast, fully debuggable JavaScript unit tests!Multicore Task Framework: MTF is a visual tool to simplify building robust component based .NET applications. MTF is designed to make full use of the power of multi-core processors.Nazha Script On DLR: NazhaPascalESE - a Delphi/Pascal class library for Microsoft ESENT database API: This pascal class library, primarily written for Delphi's Object Pascal, provides a lightweight and easy-to-use wrapper around the ESENT API. Perpetuum Hangar: A Character planner for the online game "Perpetuum"Projeto Exemplo: Projeto exemplo para a atividade 3 da disciplina.PSiteCode: PSiteCode Manager rScript Engine: rScript scripting engine is a managed script engine wrote in C# that supports Visual Basic and C# syntax based scripts. It provides Type's for dynamically getting and setting properties, invoking methods and run-time compilation of scripts.SharePoint 2010 User Profile WebPart: This webpart shows all user profile properties and values of the properties for a particular user profile. The results are shown in a table containing the display and technical name together with the user value.SHC: shriSHMTools: SHMTools is set of compatible software tools (mostly Matlab based) for structural health monitoring (SHM) research. This includes algorithms for system design, modeling, data acquisition, feature extraction, classification, and prognosis.SwapWin: SwapWin is a tiny and handy tool which swaps windows on different screens. Developed in C# and .NET 3.5.Teachers Diary: Teachers diary is application realizing electronic teacher's notepad with student marks. Current localization of the application is in czech language only.VkApp: Vk app for downloadingWebSpirit: A lightweighted web server implemented by C# which supports sufficient extendible feature. By zjuWPF & MEF Studio: WPF & MEF Studio

    Read the article

  • CodePlex Daily Summary for Monday, March 05, 2012

    CodePlex Daily Summary for Monday, March 05, 2012Popular ReleasesSimple Injector: Simple Injector v1.4.1: This release adds two small improvements to the SimpleInjector.Extensions.dll. No changes have been made to the core library. New features and improvements in this release for the SimpleInjector.Extensions.dll The RegisterManyForOpenGeneric extension methods now accept non-generic decorator, as long as they implement the given open generic service type. GetTypesToRegister methods added to the OpenGenericBatchRegistrationExtensions class which allows to customize the behavior. Note that the...SQL Scriptz Runner: Application: Scriptz Runner source code and applicationCommonLibrary: Code: CodePowerGUI Visual Studio Extension: PowerGUI VSX 1.5.2: Added support for PowerGUI 3.2.Path Copy Copy: 10.0: New version with the following biggest new features: Regular expression support in custom commands (see this work item) Import/export feature for custom commands (see this work item) This version also addresses the following work items: 11353 11348 This version is a recommended upgrade for all users. Note: new custom commands that user regular expressions won't be compatible with earlier versions (if installed by registry manipulation or via network installation), but everything else is ...VidCoder: 1.3.1: Updated HandBrake core to 0.9.6 release (svn 4472). Removed erroneous "None" container choice. Change some logic and help text to stop assuming you have to pick the VIDEO_TS folder for a DVD scan. This should make previewing DVD titles on the Queue Multiple Titles window possible when you've picked the root DVD directory.ASP.NET MVC Framework - Abstracting Data Annotations, HTML5, Knockout JS techs: Version 1.0: Please download the source code. I am not associating any dll for release.ExtAspNet: ExtAspNet v3.1.0: ExtAspNet - ?? ExtJS ??? ASP.NET 2.0 ???,????? AJAX ?????????? ExtAspNet ????? ExtJS ??? ASP.NET 2.0 ???,????? AJAX ??????????。 ExtAspNet ??????? JavaScript,?? CSS,?? UpdatePanel,?? ViewState,?? WebServices ???????。 ??????: IE 7.0, Firefox 3.6, Chrome 3.0, Opera 10.5, Safari 3.0+ ????:Apache License 2.0 (Apache) ??:http://extasp.net/ ??:http://bbs.extasp.net/ ??:http://extaspnet.codeplex.com/ ??:http://sanshi.cnblogs.com/ ????: +2012-03-04 v3.1.0 -??Hidden???????(〓?〓)。 -?PageManager??...AcDown????? - Anime&Comic Downloader: AcDown????? v3.9.1: ?? ●AcDown??????????、??、??????,????1M,????,????,?????????????????????????。???????????Acfun、????(Bilibili)、??、??、YouTube、??、???、??????、SF????、????????????。??????AcPlay?????,??????、????????????????。 ● AcDown???????????????????????????,???,???????????????????。 ● AcDown???????C#??,????.NET Framework 2.0??。?????"Acfun?????"。 ????32??64? Windows XP/Vista/7/8 ????????????? ??:????????Windows XP???,?????????.NET Framework 2.0???(x86),?????"?????????"??? ??????????????,??????????: ??"AcDo...Windows Phone Commands for VS2010: Version 1.0: Initial Release Version 1.0 Connect from device or emulator (Monitors the connection) Show Device information (Plataform, build , version, avaliable memory, total memory, architeture Manager installed applications (Launch, uninstall and explorer isolate storage files) Manager core applications (Launch blocked applications from emulator (Office, Calculator, alarm, calendar , etc) Manager blocked settings from emulator (Airplane Mode, Celullar Network, Wifi, etc) Deploy and update ap...DNN Metro7 style Skin package: Metro7 style Skin for DotNetNuke 06.01.00: Changes on Version 06.01.00 Fixed issue on GraySmallTitle container, that breaks the layout Fixed issue on Blue Metro7 Skin where the Search, Login, Register, Date is missing Fixed issue with the Version numbers on the target file Fixed issue where the jQuery and jQuery-UI files not deleted on upgrade from Version 01.00.00 Added a internal page where the Image Slider would be replaces with a BannerPaneMedia Companion: MC 3.433b Release: General More GUI tweaks (mostly imperceptible!) Updates for mc_com.exe TV The 'Watched' button has been re-instigated Added TV Menu sub-option to search ALL for new Episodes (includes locked shows) Movies Added 'Source' field (eg DVD, Bluray, HDTV), customisable in Advanced Preferences (try it out, let us know how it works!) Added HTML <<format>> tag with optional parameters for video container, source, and resolution (updated HTML tags to be added to Documentation shortly) Known Issu...Picturethrill: Version 2.3.2.0: Release includes Self-Update feature for Picturethrill. What that means for users is that they are always guaranteed to have a fresh copy of Picturethrill on their computers with all latest fixes. When Picturethrill adds a new website to get pictures from, you will get it too!Simple MVVM Toolkit for Silverlight, WPF and Windows Phone: Simple MVVM Toolkit v3.0.0.0: Added support for Silverlight 5.0 and Windows Phone 7.1. Upgraded project templates and samples. Upgraded installer. There are some new prerequisites required for this version, namely Silverlight 5 Tools, Expression Blend Preview for Silverlight 5 (until the SDK is released), Windows Phone 7.1 SDK. Because it is in the experimental band, I have also removed the dependency on the Silverlight Testing Framework. You can use it if you wish, but the Ria Services project template no longer uses ...CODE Framework: 4.0.20301: The latest version adds a number of new features to the WPF system (such as stylable and testable messagebox support) as well as various new features throughout the system (especially in the Utilities namespace).MyRouter (Virtual WiFi Router): MyRouter 1.0.2 (Beta): A friendlier User Interface. A logger file to catch exceptions so you may send it to use to improve and fix any bugs that may occur. A feedback form because we always love hearing what you guy's think of MyRouter. Check for update menu item for you to stay up to date will the latest changes. Facebook fan page so you may spread the word and share MyRouter with friends and family And Many other exciting features were sure your going to love!WPF Sound Visualization Library: WPF SVL 0.3 (Source, Binaries, Examples, Help): Version 0.3 of WPFSVL. This includes three new controls: an equalizer, a digital clock, and a time editor.Orchard Project: Orchard 1.4: Please read our release notes for Orchard 1.4: http://docs.orchardproject.net/Documentation/Orchard-1-4-Release-NotesNetSqlAzMan - .NET SQL Authorization Manager: 3.6.0.15: 3.6.0.15 28-Feb-2012 • Fix: The communication object, System.ServiceModel.Channels.ServiceChannel, cannot be used for communication because it is in the Faulted state. Work Item 10435: http://netsqlazman.codeplex.com/workitem/10435 • Fix: Made StorageCache thread safe. Thanks to tangrl. • Fix: Members property of SqlAzManApplicationGroup is not functioning. Thanks to tangrl. Work Item 10267: http://netsqlazman.codeplex.com/workitem/10267 • Fix: Indexer are making database calls. Thanks to t...SCCM Client Actions Tool: Client Actions Tool v1.1: SCCM Client Actions Tool v1.1 is the latest version. It comes with following changes since last version: Added stop button to stop the ongoing process. Added action "Query update status". Added option "saveOnlineComputers" in config.ini to enable saving list of online computers from last session. Default value for "LatestClientVersion" set to SP2 R3 (4.00.6487.2157). Wuauserv service manual startup mode is considered healthy on Windows 7. Errors are now suppressed in checkReleases...New ProjectsAbsolute Risk Game: Risk Game is a classic "World Domination Risk" game where you try to conquer the world.Architecture Document Catalog: The Architecture Document Catalog is a catalog for various documentation used by software solution architects. The initial architecture framework supported is from Rozanski and Woods, also called Viewpoints and Perspectives. It's in C#, Silverlight, WCF RIA Services.Background Worker Job Execution & Job Scheduler: Background worker is a multi-threaded job execution and scheduling engine. Very similar to Quartz, but with a slightly different focus.BWOS: preparing a new operating system. and name BWOS. CommonLibrary: Common modules and componentesCustomizeTool: CustomizeToolData Foundry: Data Foundry is a Swiss army knife for database administrator. With capabilities to cross reference check data between tables to find orphaned data and table relations.Data Grid Extensions: Modular extensions for the DataGrid control. Attach filtering capabilities to your existing DataGrid.dk.Helper: dk.Helper makes it easier for tribal wars game players (divoke-kmene.sk) to manage common activities in game. It's developed in C#.ExEn: ExEn is a high-performance implementation of a subset of the XNA API that runs on Silverlight, iOS and Android.Extended Methods for .NET: Developed in VB.NET, this DLL includes some functions I came across over the internet. Originally they were functions. I made some changes to suit my work and recreated them as Extended methods. Currently includes two extended methods for the Image class and one extended method for the String class. I will update it with new methods as I go along.GestionarComenzi: Gestioneaza Comenzi - Firma transporturiGIS Library Management: GIS Library Management System.iFinity Cache Master for DotNetNuke: The iFinity DotNetNuke Cache Master is an Administration module for DotNetNuke. This module allows administrators to inspect the current contents of the ASP.NET Cache in their running DotNetNuke installation. A very useful tool for developers working with the DotNetNuke cache.intelliEssay Document Format Checker: This is a product that tries to check a document's format to see if it conforms to certain given standard.Just T[he]IP: "Just The IP" leverages the Bing API v2 and the ip: Bing Advanced Operator to list the other web sites hosted at this IP Address (that are indexed by Bing).KTool: Ktool is a tool for learning japanese kanji. This program is still in developed. Current version can only display and find a kanji word (Press ctrl-F on main screen for search). Developed in WPF, .NET 4.0Lab Checker: Lab Checker makes it easy for teacher to check students' programs. It allows a student to test his program on a set of test cases which eliminates the need to run the program manually.MeoBox Vera Control Plugin: This is my project for creating a plugin to control my MeoBox ( Scientific Atlanta ) using Vera ( www.micasaverde.com ) Should work with other TV2Client boxesNUnitTestHelper: NUnitTestHelper is a helper class for developing unit tests for C# applications with NUnit framework. This helper library provides set of classes and method which can be used for accomplishing faster unit test development for any kind of project. NUnitTestBase – Supports basic functionality for writing a unit test with NUnit framework. This base class provides built in support for mocking framework. This version provides support for Rhino mocking framework.OnlineExam: Common online examination system based on Asp.net MVC3 can used for knowledge test, I/Q test, college test or most other test project.Orchard Code Generation Extensions: Code Generation Extensions module for Orchard.OrchardTranstion_CN: Orchar?? OsAvatar: to next step showOwnTools: About my toolsPhone Finder App: PhoneFinder will be a Windows Phone platform app alternative for finding a lost or stolen phone. Our plan is to have additional functionality the Windows software does not include. It will be developed using ASP.NET MVC, SQL Server, C#, etc.PoshChat: PoshChat is a client/server chat program written in PowerShell. Supports multiple client connections to a single server to chat.Process Attachment And Secure Text: ProcessAttachmentAndSecureText is an Exchange Transport Agent DLL and associated ASPX page. It is used to 1) strip out attachments and send them to an upload portal, and 2) to strip out text from emails and send it to an upload portal. It is currently coded for Exchange 2010Resource Viewer - Visual Studio Extension: Simply put the “resource viewer extension” enables you to visually view your ResourceDictionary. To open it go to: View – Other Windows – Resource Viewer. When working with WPF/Silverlight you put your reusable resources in a common ResourceDictionary, those resources might be of type Style, SolidColorBrush, DrawingBrush, BitmapImage and more. The problems starts when you have that ResourceDictionary you have no way to see how your resources look like, making the work process (of both t...Scumm XNA: Scumm XNA is an engine that runs old school LucasArts graphical adventure games. It is written completely in C# and will run on PC, Xbox 360 and Windows phone. The code is inspired by ScummVM but this project is not a port, it is a complete rewrite in order to optimize the engine for the CLR. Of course, you will need to own the orinigal games in order to use it. Currently, I will focus my work on the great "Day of Tentacle" game specifically the CD version.SDX DataGrid: SDXDataGrid is a comprehensive data grid component for Microsoft .NET 3.5 web application developers. It is designed to ease the exhausting process of implementing the necessary code for sorting, navigation, grouping, searching and data editing in a data representation object.SQL Scriptz Runner: Features are : Drag And Drop script files Run a directory of script files Sql Script out put messages during execution Script passed or failed that are colored green and red (yellow for running) Stop on error option Open script on error option Run report with time taken for each uComponents Demo: A demo for the code of running uComponents in Umbraco siteUnixTable: UnixTable makes it easier to realize application to access database, with no code but only with visual instrument at runtime. You'll no longer have to write query or code to read table from database. It's developed in Visual Basic for .NET 4. VOA Player.NET: VOA Player is a lightweight windows client for listening VOA Special English. Because of GFW blocking it fetch RSS data via rss2proxy.appspot.com indirectly. User can view article page and listen MP3 stream. The project is a C# implementation of voaplayer.sinaapp.com.Windows Metafile Library: The library supports reading and writing WMF files. Source code is written in pure .NET from scratch following the Windows Metafile Format Specification.Windows Phone 7.1 + MicroFramework (a phone device as remote control): Windows Phone 7.1 + .Net MicroFramework (How use a windows phone device as remote control of a Fez Panda II/MicroFramework board). A windows phone device can be connected to a wifi network (for example a wifi router). If you have also a MicroFramework board connected to the wifi network; you can send some http rest commands from the windows phone device to the MicroFramework board. The microframework board, it must support the tcp/ip protocol through a connect shield. In this exaple it will...XBMC Cache Manager: A Windows Service to manage a shared XBMC MySQL database and shared cache folder.

    Read the article

  • SOA Suite Integration: Part 1: Building a Web Service

    - by Anthony Shorten
    Over the next few weeks I will be posting blog entries outlying the SOA Suite integration of the Oracle Utilities Application Framework. This will illustrate how easy it is to integrate by providing some samples. I will use a consistent set of features as examples. The examples will be simple and while will not illustrate ALL the possibilities it will illustrate the relative ease of integration. Think of them as a foundation. You can obviously build upon them. Now, to ease a few customers minds, this series will certainly feature the latest version of SOA Suite and the latest version of Oracle Utilities Application Framework but the principles will apply to past versions of both those products. So if you have Oracle SOA Suite 10g or are a customer of Oracle Utilities Application Framework V2.1 or above most of what I will show you will work with those versions. It is just easier in Oracle SOA Suite 11g and Oracle Utilities Application Framework V4.x. This first posting will not feature SOA Suite at all but concentrate on the capability for the Oracle Utilities Application Framework to create Web Services you can use for integration. The XML Application Integration (XAI) component of the Oracle Utilities Application Framework allows product objects to be exposed as XML based transactions or as Web Services (or both). XAI was written before Web Services became fashionable and has allowed customers of our products to provide a consistent interface into and out of our product line. XAI has been enhanced over the last few years to take advantages of the maturing landscape of Web Services in the market place to a point where it now easier to integrate to SOA infrastructure. There are a number of object types that can be exposed as Web Services: Maintenance Objects – These are the lowest level objects that can be exposed as Web Services. Customers of past versions of the product will be familiar with XAI services based upon Maintenance Objects as they used to be the only method of generating Web Services. These are still supported for background compatibility but are starting to become less popular as they were strict in their structure and were solely attribute based. To generate Maintenance Object based Web Services definition you need to use the XAI Schema Editor component. Business Objects – In Oracle Utilities Application Framework V2.1 we introduced the concept of Business Objects. These are site or industry specific objects that are based upon Maintenance Objects. These allow sites to respecify, in configuration, the structure and elements of a Maintenance Object and other Business Objects (they are true objects with support for inheritance, polymorphism, encapsulation etc.). These can be exposed as Web Services. Business Services – As with Business Objects, we introduced Business Services in Oracle Utilities Application Framework V2.1 which allowed applications services and query zones to be expressed as custom services. These can then be exposed as Web Services via the Business Service definition. Service Scripts - As with Business Objects and Business Services, we introduced Service Scripts in Oracle Utilities Application Framework V2.1. These allow services and/objects to be combined into complex objects or simply expose common routines as callable scripts. These can also be defined as Web Services. For the purpose of this series we will restrict ourselves to Business Objects. The techniques can apply to any of the objects discussed above. Now, lets get to the important bit of this blog post, the creation of a Web Service. To build a Business Object, you first logon to the product and navigate to the Administration Menu by selecting the Admin Menu from the Menu action on left top of the screen (next to Home). A popup menu will appear with the menu’s available. If you do not see the Admin menu then you do not have authority to use it. Here is an example: Navigate to the B menu and select the + symbol next to the Business Object menu item. This indicates that you want to ADD a new Business Object. This menu will appear if you are running Alphabetic mode in your installation (I almost forgot that point). You will be presented with the Business Object maintenance screen. You will fill out the following on the first tab (at a minimum): Business Object – The name of the Business Object. Typically you will make it descriptive and also prefix with CM to denote it as a customization (you can easily find it if you prefix it). As I running this on my personal copy of the product I will use my initials as the prefix and call the sample Web Service “AS-User”. Description – A short description of the object to tell others what it is used for. For my example, I will use “Anthony Shorten’s User Object”. Detailed Description – You can add a long description to help other developers understand your object. I am just going to specify “Anthony Shorten’s Test Object for SOA Suite Integration”. Maintenance Object – As this Business Service is going to be based upon a Maintenance Object I will specify the desired Maintenance Object. In this example, I have decided to use the Framework object USER. Now, I chose this for a number of reasons. It is meaningful, simple and is across all our product lines. I could choose ANY maintenance object I wished to expose (including any custom ones, if I had them). Parent Business Object – If I was not using a Maintenance Object but building a child Business Object against another Business Object, then I would specify the Parent Business Object here. I am not using Parent’s so I will leave this blank. You either use Parent Business Object or Maintenance Object not both. Application Service – Business Objects like other objects are subject to security. You can attach an Application Service to an object to specify which groups of users (remember services are attached to user groups not users) have appropriate access to the object. I will use a default service provided with the product, F1-DFLTS ,as this is just a demonstration so I do not have to be too sophisticated about security. Instance Control – This allows the object to create instances in its objects. You can specify a Business Object purely to hold rules. I am being simple here so I will set it to Allow New Instances to allow the Business Object to be used to create, read, update and delete user records. The rest of the tab I will leave empty as I want this to be a very simple object. Other options allow lots of flexibility. The contents should look like this: Before saving your work, you need to navigate to the Schema tab and specify the contents of your object. I will save some time. When you create an object the schema will only contain the basic root elements of the object (in fact only the schema tag is visible). When you go to the Schema Tab, on the dashboard you will see a BO Schema zone with a solitary button. This will allow you to Generate the Schema for you from our metadata. Click on the Generate button to generate a basic schema from the metadata. You will now see a Schema with the element tags and references to the metadata of the Maintenance object (in the mapField attribute). I could spend a while outlining all the ways you can change the schema with defaults, formatting, tagging etc but the online help has plenty of great examples to illustrate this. You can use the Schema Tips zone in the for more details of the available customizations. Note: The tags are generated from the language pack you have installed. The sample is English so the tags are in English (which is the base language of all installations). If you are using a language pack then the tags will be generated in the language of the user that generated the object. At this point you can save your Business Object by pressing the Save action. At this point you have a basic Business Object based on the USER maintenance object ready for use but it is not defined as a Web Service yet. To do this you need to define the newly created Business Object as an XAI Inbound Service. The easiest and quickest way is to select + off the XAI Inbound Service off the context menu on the Business Object maintenance screen. This will prepopulate the service definition with the following: Adapter – This will be set to Business Adaptor. This indicates that the service is either Business Object, Business Service or Service Script based. Schema Type – Whether the object is a Business Object, Business Service or Service Script. In this case it is a Business Object. Schema Name – The name of the object. In this case it is the Business Object AS-User. Active – Set to Yes. This means the service is available upon startup automatically. You can enable and disable services as needed. Transaction Type – A default transaction type as this is Business Object Service. More about this in later postings. In our case we use the default Read. This means that if we only specify data and not a transaction type then the product will assume you want to issue a read against the object. You need to fill in the following: XAI Inbound Service – The name of the Web Service. Usually people use the same name as the underlying object , in the case of this example, but this can match your sites interfacing standards. By the way you can define multiple XAI Inbound Services/Web Services against the same object if you want. Description and Detail Description – Documentation for your Web Service. I just supplied some basic documentation for this demonstration. You can now save the service definition. Note: There are lots of other options on this screen that allow for behavior of your service to be specified. I will leave them blank for now. When you save the service you are issued with two new pieces of information. XAI Inbound Service Id is a randomly generated identifier used internally by the XAI Servlet. WSDL URL is the WSDL standard URL used for integration. We will take advantage of that in later posts. An example of the definition is shown below: Now you have defined the service but it will only be available when the next server restart or when you flush the data cache. XAI Inbound Services are cached for performance so the cache needs to be told of this new service. To refresh the cache you can use the Admin –> X –> XAI Command menu item. From the command dropdown select Refresh Registry and press Send Command. You will see an XML of the command sent to the server (the presence of the XML means it is finished). If you have an error around the authorization, then check your default user and password settings on the XAI Options menu item. Be careful with flushing the cache as the cache is shared (unless of course you are the only Web Service user on the system – In that case it only affects you). The Web Service is NOW available to be used. To perform a simple test of your new Web Service, navigate to the Admin –> X –> XAI Submission menu item. You will see an open XML request tab. You need to type in the request XML you want to test in the Main tab. The first tag is the XAI Inbound Service Name and the elements are as per your schema (minus the schema tag itself as that is only used internally). My example is as follows (I want to return the details of user SYSUSER) – Remember to close tags. Hitting the Save button will issue the XML and return the response according to the Business Object schema. Now before you panic, you noticed that it did not ask for credentials. It propagates the online credentials to the service call on this function. You now have a Web Service you can use for integration. We will reuse this information in subsequent posts. The process I just described can be used for ANY object in the system you want to expose. This whole process at a minimum can take under a minute. Obviously I only showed the basics but you can at least get an appreciation of the ease of defining a Web Service (just by using a browser). The next posts now build upon this. Hope you enjoyed the post.

    Read the article

  • Insert Record by Drag & Drop from ADF Tree to ADF Tree Table

    - by arul.wilson(at)oracle.com
    If you want to create record based on the values Dragged from ADF Tree and Dropped on a ADF Tree Table, then here you go.UseCase DescriptionUser Drags a tree node from ADF Tree and Drops it on a ADF Tree Table node. A new row gets added in the Tree Table based on the source tree node, subsequently a record gets added to the database table on which Tree table in based on.Following description helps to achieve this using ADF BC.Run the DragDropSchema.sql to create required tables.Create Business Components from tables (PRODUCTS, COMPONENTS, SUB_COMPONENTS, USERS, USER_COMPONENTS) created above.Add custom method to App Module Impl, this method will be used to insert record from view layer.   public String createUserComponents(String p_bugdbId, String p_productId, String p_componentId, String p_subComponentId){    Row newUserComponentsRow = this.getUserComponentsView1().createRow();    try {      newUserComponentsRow.setAttribute("Bugdbid", p_bugdbId);      newUserComponentsRow.setAttribute("ProductId", new oracle.jbo.domain.Number(p_productId));      newUserComponentsRow.setAttribute("Component1", p_componentId);      newUserComponentsRow.setAttribute("SubComponent", p_subComponentId);    } catch (Exception e) {        e.printStackTrace();        return "Failure";    }        return "Success";  }Expose this method to client interface.To display the root node we need a custom VO which can be achieved using below query. SELECT Users.ACTIVE, Users.BUGDB_ID, Users.EMAIL, Users.FIRSTNAME, Users.GLOBAL_ID, Users.LASTNAME, Users.MANAGER_ID, Users.MANAGER_PRIVILEGEFROM USERS UsersWHERE Users.MANAGER_ID is NULLCreate VL between UsersView and UsersRootNodeView VOs.Drop ProductsView from DC as ADF Tree to jspx page.Add Tree Level Rule based on ComponentsView and SubComponentsView.Drop UsersRootNodeView as ADF Tree TableAdd Tree Level Rules based on UserComponentsView and UsersView.Add DragSource to ADF Tree and CollectionDropTarget to ADF Tree Table respectively.Bind CollectionDropTarget's DropTarget to backing bean and implement method of signature DnDAction (DropEvent), this method gets invoked when Tree Table encounters a drop action, here details required for creating new record are captured from the drag source and passed to 'createUserComponents' method. public DnDAction onTreeDrop(DropEvent dropEvent) {      String newBugdbId = "";      String msgtxt="";            try {          // Getting the target node bugdb id          Object serverRowKey = dropEvent.getDropSite();          if (serverRowKey != null) {                  //Code for Tree Table as target              String dropcomponent = dropEvent.getDropComponent().toString();              dropcomponent = (String)dropcomponent.subSequence(0, dropcomponent.indexOf("["));              if (dropcomponent.equals("RichTreeTable")){                RichTreeTable richTreeTable = (RichTreeTable)dropEvent.getDropComponent();                richTreeTable.setRowKey(serverRowKey);                int rowIndexTreeTable = richTreeTable.getRowIndex();                //Drop Target Logic                if (((JUCtrlHierNodeBinding)richTreeTable.getRowData(rowIndexTreeTable)).getAttributeValue()==null) {                  //Get Parent                  newBugdbId = (String)((JUCtrlHierNodeBinding)richTreeTable.getRowData(rowIndexTreeTable)).getParent().getAttributeValue();                } else {                  if (isNum(((JUCtrlHierNodeBinding)richTreeTable.getRowData(rowIndexTreeTable)).getAttributeValue().toString())) {                    //Get Parent's parent                              newBugdbId = (String)((JUCtrlHierNodeBinding)richTreeTable.getRowData(rowIndexTreeTable)).getParent().getParent().getAttributeValue();                  } else{                      //Dropped on USER                                          newBugdbId = (String)((JUCtrlHierNodeBinding)richTreeTable.getRowData(rowIndexTreeTable)).getAttributeValue();                  }                  }              }           }                     DataFlavor<RowKeySet> df = DataFlavor.getDataFlavor(RowKeySet.class);          RowKeySet droppedValue = dropEvent.getTransferable().getData(df);            Object[] keys = droppedValue.toArray();          Key componentKey = null;          Key subComponentKey = null;           // binding for createUserComponents method defined in AppModuleImpl class  to insert record in database.                      operationBinding = bindings.getOperationBinding("createUserComponents");            // get the Product, Component, Subcomponent details and insert to UserComponents table.          // loop through the keys if more than one comp/subcomponent is select.                   for (int i = 0; i < keys.length; i++) {                  System.out.println("in for :"+i);              List list = (List)keys[i];                  System.out.println("list "+i+" : "+list);              System.out.println("list size "+list.size());              if (list.size() == 1) {                                // we cannot drag and drop  the highest node !                                msgtxt="You cannot drop Products, please drop Component or SubComponent from the Tree.";                  System.out.println(msgtxt);                                this.showInfoMessage(msgtxt);              } else {                  if (list.size() == 2) {                    // were doing the first branch, in this case all components.                    componentKey = (Key)list.get(1);                    Object[] droppedProdCompValues = componentKey.getAttributeValues();                    operationBinding.getParamsMap().put("p_bugdbId",newBugdbId);                    operationBinding.getParamsMap().put("p_productId",droppedProdCompValues[0]);                    operationBinding.getParamsMap().put("p_componentId",droppedProdCompValues[1]);                    operationBinding.getParamsMap().put("p_subComponentId","ALL");                    Object result = operationBinding.execute();              } else {                    subComponentKey = (Key)list.get(2);                    Object[] droppedProdCompSubCompValues = subComponentKey.getAttributeValues();                    operationBinding.getParamsMap().put("p_bugdbId",newBugdbId);                    operationBinding.getParamsMap().put("p_productId",droppedProdCompSubCompValues[0]);                    operationBinding.getParamsMap().put("p_componentId",droppedProdCompSubCompValues[1]);                    operationBinding.getParamsMap().put("p_subComponentId",droppedProdCompSubCompValues[2]);                    Object result = operationBinding.execute();                  }                   }            }                        /* this.getCil1().setDisabled(false);            this.getCil1().setPartialSubmit(true); */                      return DnDAction.MOVE;        } catch (Exception ex) {          System.out.println("drop failed with : " + ex.getMessage());          ex.printStackTrace();                  /* this.getCil1().setDisabled(true); */          return DnDAction.NONE;          }    } Run jspx page and drop a Component or Subcomponent from Products Tree to UserComponents Tree Table.

    Read the article

  • NoSQL with RavenDB and ASP.NET MVC - Part 2

    - by shiju
    In my previous post, we have discussed on how to work with RavenDB document database in an ASP.NET MVC application. We have setup RavenDB for our ASP.NET MVC application and did basic CRUD operations against a simple domain entity. In this post, let’s discuss on domain entity with deep object graph and how to query against RavenDB documents using Indexes.Let's create two domain entities for our demo ASP.NET MVC appplication  public class Category {       public string Id { get; set; }     [Required(ErrorMessage = "Name Required")]     [StringLength(25, ErrorMessage = "Must be less than 25 characters")]     public string Name { get; set;}     public string Description { get; set; }     public List<Expense> Expenses { get; set; }       public Category()     {         Expenses = new List<Expense>();     } }    public class Expense {       public string Id { get; set; }     public Category Category { get; set; }     public string  Transaction { get; set; }     public DateTime Date { get; set; }     public double Amount { get; set; }   }  We have two domain entities - Category and Expense. A single category contains a list of expense transactions and every expense transaction should have a Category.Let's create  ASP.NET MVC view model  for Expense transaction public class ExpenseViewModel {     public string Id { get; set; }       public string CategoryId { get; set; }       [Required(ErrorMessage = "Transaction Required")]            public string Transaction { get; set; }       [Required(ErrorMessage = "Date Required")]            public DateTime Date { get; set; }       [Required(ErrorMessage = "Amount Required")]     public double Amount { get; set; }       public IEnumerable<SelectListItem> Category { get; set; } } Let's create a contract type for Expense Repository  public interface IExpenseRepository {     Expense Load(string id);     IEnumerable<Expense> GetExpenseTransactions(DateTime startDate,DateTime endDate);     void Save(Expense expense,string categoryId);     void Delete(string id);  } Let's create a concrete type for Expense Repository for handling CRUD operations. public class ExpenseRepository : IExpenseRepository {   private IDocumentSession session; public ExpenseRepository() {         session = MvcApplication.CurrentSession; } public Expense Load(string id) {     return session.Load<Expense>(id); } public IEnumerable<Expense> GetExpenseTransactions(DateTime startDate, DateTime endDate) {             //Querying using the Index name "ExpenseTransactions"     //filtering with dates     var expenses = session.LuceneQuery<Expense>("ExpenseTransactions")         .WaitForNonStaleResults()         .Where(exp => exp.Date >= startDate && exp.Date <= endDate)         .ToArray();     return expenses; } public void Save(Expense expense,string categoryId) {     var category = session.Load<Category>(categoryId);     if (string.IsNullOrEmpty(expense.Id))     {         //new expense transaction         expense.Category = category;         session.Store(expense);     }     else     {         //modifying an existing expense transaction         var expenseToEdit = Load(expense.Id);         //Copy values to  expenseToEdit         ModelCopier.CopyModel(expense, expenseToEdit);         //set category object         expenseToEdit.Category = category;       }     //save changes     session.SaveChanges(); } public void Delete(string id) {     var expense = Load(id);     session.Delete<Expense>(expense);     session.SaveChanges(); }   }  Insert/Update Expense Transaction The Save method is used for both insert a new expense record and modifying an existing expense transaction. For a new expense transaction, we store the expense object with associated category into document session object and load the existing expense object and assign values to it for editing a existing record.  public void Save(Expense expense,string categoryId) {     var category = session.Load<Category>(categoryId);     if (string.IsNullOrEmpty(expense.Id))     {         //new expense transaction         expense.Category = category;         session.Store(expense);     }     else     {         //modifying an existing expense transaction         var expenseToEdit = Load(expense.Id);         //Copy values to  expenseToEdit         ModelCopier.CopyModel(expense, expenseToEdit);         //set category object         expenseToEdit.Category = category;       }     //save changes     session.SaveChanges(); } Querying Expense transactions   public IEnumerable<Expense> GetExpenseTransactions(DateTime startDate, DateTime endDate) {             //Querying using the Index name "ExpenseTransactions"     //filtering with dates     var expenses = session.LuceneQuery<Expense>("ExpenseTransactions")         .WaitForNonStaleResults()         .Where(exp => exp.Date >= startDate && exp.Date <= endDate)         .ToArray();     return expenses; }  The GetExpenseTransactions method returns expense transactions using a LINQ query expression with a Date comparison filter. The Lucene Query is using a index named "ExpenseTransactions" for getting the result set. In RavenDB, Indexes are LINQ queries stored in the RavenDB server and would be  executed on the background and will perform query against the JSON documents. Indexes will be working with a lucene query expression or a set operation. Indexes are composed using a Map and Reduce function. Check out Ayende's blog post on Map/Reduce We can create index using RavenDB web admin tool as well as programmitically using its Client API. The below shows the screen shot of creating index using web admin tool. We can also create Indexes using Raven Cleint API as shown in the following code documentStore.DatabaseCommands.PutIndex("ExpenseTransactions",     new IndexDefinition<Expense,Expense>() {     Map = Expenses => from exp in Expenses                     select new { exp.Date } });  In the Map function, we used a Linq expression as shown in the following from exp in docs.Expensesselect new { exp.Date };We have not used a Reduce function for the above index. A Reduce function is useful while performing aggregate functions based on the results from the Map function. Indexes can be use with set operations of RavenDB.SET OperationsUnlike other document databases, RavenDB supports set based operations that lets you to perform updates, deletes and inserts to the bulk_docs endpoint of RavenDB. For doing this, you just pass a query to a Index as shown in the following commandDELETE http://localhost:8080/bulk_docs/ExpenseTransactions?query=Date:20100531The above command using the Index named "ExpenseTransactions" for querying the documents with Date filter and  will delete all the documents that match the query criteria. The above command is equivalent of the following queryDELETE FROM ExpensesWHERE Date='2010-05-31' Controller & ActionsWe have created Expense Repository class for performing CRUD operations for the Expense transactions. Let's create a controller class for handling expense transactions.   public class ExpenseController : Controller { private ICategoryRepository categoyRepository; private IExpenseRepository expenseRepository; public ExpenseController(ICategoryRepository categoyRepository, IExpenseRepository expenseRepository) {     this.categoyRepository = categoyRepository;     this.expenseRepository = expenseRepository; } //Get Expense transactions based on dates public ActionResult Index(DateTime? StartDate, DateTime? EndDate) {     //If date is not passed, take current month's first and last dte     DateTime dtNow;     dtNow = DateTime.Today;     if (!StartDate.HasValue)     {         StartDate = new DateTime(dtNow.Year, dtNow.Month, 1);         EndDate = StartDate.Value.AddMonths(1).AddDays(-1);     }     //take last date of startdate's month, if endate is not passed     if (StartDate.HasValue && !EndDate.HasValue)     {         EndDate = (new DateTime(StartDate.Value.Year, StartDate.Value.Month, 1)).AddMonths(1).AddDays(-1);     }       var expenses = expenseRepository.GetExpenseTransactions(StartDate.Value, EndDate.Value);     if (Request.IsAjaxRequest())     {           return PartialView("ExpenseList", expenses);     }     ViewData.Add("StartDate", StartDate.Value.ToShortDateString());     ViewData.Add("EndDate", EndDate.Value.ToShortDateString());             return View(expenses);            }   // GET: /Expense/Edit public ActionResult Edit(string id) {       var expenseModel = new ExpenseViewModel();     var expense = expenseRepository.Load(id);     ModelCopier.CopyModel(expense, expenseModel);     var categories = categoyRepository.GetCategories();     expenseModel.Category = categories.ToSelectListItems(expense.Category.Id.ToString());                    return View("Save", expenseModel);          }   // // GET: /Expense/Create   public ActionResult Create() {     var expenseModel = new ExpenseViewModel();               var categories = categoyRepository.GetCategories();     expenseModel.Category = categories.ToSelectListItems("-1");     expenseModel.Date = DateTime.Today;     return View("Save", expenseModel); }   // // POST: /Expense/Save // Insert/Update Expense Tansaction [HttpPost] public ActionResult Save(ExpenseViewModel expenseViewModel) {     try     {         if (!ModelState.IsValid)         {               var categories = categoyRepository.GetCategories();                 expenseViewModel.Category = categories.ToSelectListItems(expenseViewModel.CategoryId);                               return View("Save", expenseViewModel);         }           var expense=new Expense();         ModelCopier.CopyModel(expenseViewModel, expense);          expenseRepository.Save(expense, expenseViewModel.CategoryId);                       return RedirectToAction("Index");     }     catch     {         return View();     } } //Delete a Expense Transaction public ActionResult Delete(string id) {     expenseRepository.Delete(id);     return RedirectToAction("Index");     }     }     Download the Source - You can download the source code from http://ravenmvc.codeplex.com

    Read the article

  • ASP.NET and HTML5 Local Storage

    - by Stephen Walther
    My favorite feature of HTML5, hands-down, is HTML5 local storage (aka DOM storage). By taking advantage of HTML5 local storage, you can dramatically improve the performance of your data-driven ASP.NET applications by caching data in the browser persistently. Think of HTML5 local storage like browser cookies, but much better. Like cookies, local storage is persistent. When you add something to browser local storage, it remains there when the user returns to the website (possibly days or months later). Importantly, unlike the cookie storage limitation of 4KB, you can store up to 10 megabytes in HTML5 local storage. Because HTML5 local storage works with the latest versions of all modern browsers (IE, Firefox, Chrome, Safari), you can start taking advantage of this HTML5 feature in your applications right now. Why use HTML5 Local Storage? I use HTML5 Local Storage in the JavaScript Reference application: http://Superexpert.com/JavaScriptReference The JavaScript Reference application is an HTML5 app that provides an interactive reference for all of the syntax elements of JavaScript (You can read more about the application and download the source code for the application here). When you open the application for the first time, all of the entries are transferred from the server to the browser (all 300+ entries). All of the entries are stored in local storage. When you open the application in the future, only changes are transferred from the server to the browser. The benefit of this approach is that the application performs extremely fast. When you click the details link to view details on a particular entry, the entry details appear instantly because all of the entries are stored on the client machine. When you perform key-up searches, by typing in the filter textbox, matching entries are displayed very quickly because the entries are being filtered on the local machine. This approach can have a dramatic effect on the performance of any interactive data-driven web application. Interacting with data on the client is almost always faster than interacting with the same data on the server. Retrieving Data from the Server In the JavaScript Reference application, I use Microsoft WCF Data Services to expose data to the browser. WCF Data Services generates a REST interface for your data automatically. Here are the steps: Create your database tables in Microsoft SQL Server. For example, I created a database named ReferenceDB and a database table named Entities. Use the Entity Framework to generate your data model. For example, I used the Entity Framework to generate a class named ReferenceDBEntities and a class named Entities. Expose your data through WCF Data Services. I added a WCF Data Service to my project and modified the data service class to look like this:   using System.Data.Services; using System.Data.Services.Common; using System.Web; using JavaScriptReference.Models; namespace JavaScriptReference.Services { [System.ServiceModel.ServiceBehavior(IncludeExceptionDetailInFaults = true)] public class EntryService : DataService<ReferenceDBEntities> { // This method is called only once to initialize service-wide policies. public static void InitializeService(DataServiceConfiguration config) { config.UseVerboseErrors = true; config.SetEntitySetAccessRule("*", EntitySetRights.All); config.DataServiceBehavior.MaxProtocolVersion = DataServiceProtocolVersion.V2; } // Define a change interceptor for the Products entity set. [ChangeInterceptor("Entries")] public void OnChangeEntries(Entry entry, UpdateOperations operations) { if (!HttpContext.Current.Request.IsAuthenticated) { throw new DataServiceException("Cannot update reference unless authenticated."); } } } }     The WCF data service is named EntryService. Notice that it derives from DataService<ReferenceEntitites>. Because it derives from DataService<ReferenceEntities>, the data service exposes the contents of the ReferenceEntitiesDB database. In the code above, I defined a ChangeInterceptor to prevent un-authenticated users from making changes to the database. Anyone can retrieve data through the service, but only authenticated users are allowed to make changes. After you expose data through a WCF Data Service, you can use jQuery to retrieve the data by performing an Ajax call. For example, I am using an Ajax call that looks something like this to retrieve the JavaScript entries from the EntryService.svc data service: $.ajax({ dataType: "json", url: “/Services/EntryService.svc/Entries”, success: function (result) { var data = callback(result["d"]); } });     Notice that you must unwrap the data using result[“d”]. After you unwrap the data, you have a JavaScript array of the entries. I’m transferring all 300+ entries from the server to the client when the application is opened for the first time. In other words, I transfer the entire database from the server to the client, once and only once, when the application is opened for the first time. The data is transferred using JSON. Here is a fragment: { "d" : [ { "__metadata": { "uri": "http://superexpert.com/javascriptreference/Services/EntryService.svc/Entries(1)", "type": "ReferenceDBModel.Entry" }, "Id": 1, "Name": "Global", "Browsers": "ff3_6,ie8,ie9,c8,sf5,es3,es5", "Syntax": "object", "ShortDescription": "Contains global variables and functions", "FullDescription": "<p>\nThe Global object is determined by the host environment. In web browsers, the Global object is the same as the windows object.\n</p>\n<p>\nYou can use the keyword <code>this</code> to refer to the Global object when in the global context (outside of any function).\n</p>\n<p>\nThe Global object holds all global variables and functions. For example, the following code demonstrates that the global <code>movieTitle</code> variable refers to the same thing as <code>window.movieTitle</code> and <code>this.movieTitle</code>.\n</p>\n<pre>\nvar movieTitle = \"Star Wars\";\nconsole.log(movieTitle === this.movieTitle); // true\nconsole.log(movieTitle === window.movieTitle); // true\n</pre>\n", "LastUpdated": "634298578273756641", "IsDeleted": false, "OwnerId": null }, { "__metadata": { "uri": "http://superexpert.com/javascriptreference/Services/EntryService.svc/Entries(2)", "type": "ReferenceDBModel.Entry" }, "Id": 2, "Name": "eval(string)", "Browsers": "ff3_6,ie8,ie9,c8,sf5,es3,es5", "Syntax": "function", "ShortDescription": "Evaluates and executes JavaScript code dynamically", "FullDescription": "<p>\nThe following code evaluates and executes the string \"3+5\" at runtime.\n</p>\n<pre>\nvar result = eval(\"3+5\");\nconsole.log(result); // returns 8\n</pre>\n<p>\nYou can rewrite the code above like this:\n</p>\n<pre>\nvar result;\neval(\"result = 3+5\");\nconsole.log(result);\n</pre>", "LastUpdated": "634298580913817644", "IsDeleted": false, "OwnerId": 1 } … ]} I worried about the amount of time that it would take to transfer the records. According to Google Chome, it takes about 5 seconds to retrieve all 300+ records on a broadband connection over the Internet. 5 seconds is a small price to pay to avoid performing any server fetches of the data in the future. And here are the estimated times using different types of connections using Fiddler: Notice that using a modem, it takes 33 seconds to download the database. 33 seconds is a significant chunk of time. So, I would not use the approach of transferring the entire database up front if you expect a significant portion of your website audience to connect to your website with a modem. Adding Data to HTML5 Local Storage After the JavaScript entries are retrieved from the server, the entries are stored in HTML5 local storage. Here’s the reference documentation for HTML5 storage for Internet Explorer: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc197062(VS.85).aspx You access local storage by accessing the windows.localStorage object in JavaScript. This object contains key/value pairs. For example, you can use the following JavaScript code to add a new item to local storage: <script type="text/javascript"> window.localStorage.setItem("message", "Hello World!"); </script>   You can use the Google Chrome Storage tab in the Developer Tools (hit CTRL-SHIFT I in Chrome) to view items added to local storage: After you add an item to local storage, you can read it at any time in the future by using the window.localStorage.getItem() method: <script type="text/javascript"> window.localStorage.setItem("message", "Hello World!"); </script>   You only can add strings to local storage and not JavaScript objects such as arrays. Therefore, before adding a JavaScript object to local storage, you need to convert it into a JSON string. In the JavaScript Reference application, I use a wrapper around local storage that looks something like this: function Storage() { this.get = function (name) { return JSON.parse(window.localStorage.getItem(name)); }; this.set = function (name, value) { window.localStorage.setItem(name, JSON.stringify(value)); }; this.clear = function () { window.localStorage.clear(); }; }   If you use the wrapper above, then you can add arbitrary JavaScript objects to local storage like this: var store = new Storage(); // Add array to storage var products = [ {name:"Fish", price:2.33}, {name:"Bacon", price:1.33} ]; store.set("products", products); // Retrieve items from storage var products = store.get("products");   Modern browsers support the JSON object natively. If you need the script above to work with older browsers then you should download the JSON2.js library from: https://github.com/douglascrockford/JSON-js The JSON2 library will use the native JSON object if a browser already supports JSON. Merging Server Changes with Browser Local Storage When you first open the JavaScript Reference application, the entire database of JavaScript entries is transferred from the server to the browser. Two items are added to local storage: entries and entriesLastUpdated. The first item contains the entire entries database (a big JSON string of entries). The second item, a timestamp, represents the version of the entries. Whenever you open the JavaScript Reference in the future, the entriesLastUpdated timestamp is passed to the server. Only records that have been deleted, updated, or added since entriesLastUpdated are transferred to the browser. The OData query to get the latest updates looks like this: http://superexpert.com/javascriptreference/Services/EntryService.svc/Entries?$filter=(LastUpdated%20gt%20634301199890494792L) If you remove URL encoding, the query looks like this: http://superexpert.com/javascriptreference/Services/EntryService.svc/Entries?$filter=(LastUpdated gt 634301199890494792L) This query returns only those entries where the value of LastUpdated > 634301199890494792 (the version timestamp). The changes – new JavaScript entries, deleted entries, and updated entries – are merged with the existing entries in local storage. The JavaScript code for performing the merge is contained in the EntriesHelper.js file. The merge() method looks like this:   merge: function (oldEntries, newEntries) { // concat (this performs the add) oldEntries = oldEntries || []; var mergedEntries = oldEntries.concat(newEntries); // sort this.sortByIdThenLastUpdated(mergedEntries); // prune duplicates (this performs the update) mergedEntries = this.pruneDuplicates(mergedEntries); // delete mergedEntries = this.removeIsDeleted(mergedEntries); // Sort this.sortByName(mergedEntries); return mergedEntries; },   The contents of local storage are then updated with the merged entries. I spent several hours writing the merge() method (much longer than I expected). I found two resources to be extremely useful. First, I wrote extensive unit tests for the merge() method. I wrote the unit tests using server-side JavaScript. I describe this approach to writing unit tests in this blog entry. The unit tests are included in the JavaScript Reference source code. Second, I found the following blog entry to be super useful (thanks Nick!): http://nicksnettravels.builttoroam.com/post/2010/08/03/OData-Synchronization-with-WCF-Data-Services.aspx One big challenge that I encountered involved timestamps. I originally tried to store an actual UTC time as the value of the entriesLastUpdated item. I quickly discovered that trying to work with dates in JSON turned out to be a big can of worms that I did not want to open. Next, I tried to use a SQL timestamp column. However, I learned that OData cannot handle the timestamp data type when doing a filter query. Therefore, I ended up using a bigint column in SQL and manually creating the value when a record is updated. I overrode the SaveChanges() method to look something like this: public override int SaveChanges(SaveOptions options) { var changes = this.ObjectStateManager.GetObjectStateEntries( EntityState.Modified | EntityState.Added | EntityState.Deleted); foreach (var change in changes) { var entity = change.Entity as IEntityTracking; if (entity != null) { entity.LastUpdated = DateTime.Now.Ticks; } } return base.SaveChanges(options); }   Notice that I assign Date.Now.Ticks to the entity.LastUpdated property whenever an entry is modified, added, or deleted. Summary After building the JavaScript Reference application, I am convinced that HTML5 local storage can have a dramatic impact on the performance of any data-driven web application. If you are building a web application that involves extensive interaction with data then I recommend that you take advantage of this new feature included in the HTML5 standard.

    Read the article

  • lxc containers hangs after upgrade to 13.10

    - by doug123
    I have 3 lxc containers. They were all working fine on 12.10 and I upgraded the containers with do-release-upgrade on the containers to 13.04 and 13.10 and that worked great. Then I upgraded the host to 13.04 and then 13.10 and now the 3 containers hang with this: >lxc-start -n as1 -l DEBUG -o $(tty) lxc-start 1383145786.513 INFO lxc_start_ui - using rcfile /var/lib/lxc/as1/config lxc-start 1383145786.513 WARN lxc_log - lxc_log_init called with log already initialized lxc-start 1383145786.513 INFO lxc_apparmor - aa_enabled set to 1 lxc-start 1383145786.514 DEBUG lxc_conf - allocated pty '/dev/pts/2' (5/6) lxc-start 1383145786.514 DEBUG lxc_conf - allocated pty '/dev/pts/13' (7/8) lxc-start 1383145786.514 DEBUG lxc_conf - allocated pty '/dev/pts/14' (9/10) lxc-start 1383145786.514 DEBUG lxc_conf - allocated pty '/dev/pts/15' (11/12) lxc-start 1383145786.514 DEBUG lxc_conf - allocated pty '/dev/pts/17' (13/14) lxc-start 1383145786.514 DEBUG lxc_conf - allocated pty '/dev/pts/18' (15/16) lxc-start 1383145786.514 DEBUG lxc_conf - allocated pty '/dev/pts/19' (17/18) lxc-start 1383145786.514 DEBUG lxc_conf - allocated pty '/dev/pts/20' (19/20) lxc-start 1383145786.514 INFO lxc_conf - tty's configured lxc-start 1383145786.514 DEBUG lxc_start - sigchild handler set lxc-start 1383145786.514 DEBUG lxc_console - opening /dev/tty for console peer lxc-start 1383145786.514 DEBUG lxc_console - using '/dev/tty' as console lxc-start 1383145786.514 DEBUG lxc_console - 6242 got SIGWINCH fd 25 lxc-start 1383145786.514 DEBUG lxc_console - set winsz dstfd:22 cols:177 rows:53 lxc-start 1383145786.514 INFO lxc_start - 'as1' is initialized lxc-start 1383145786.522 DEBUG lxc_start - Not dropping cap_sys_boot or watching utmp lxc-start 1383145786.524 DEBUG lxc_conf - mac address of host interface 'vethB4L35W' changed to private fe:7c:96:a0:ae:29 lxc-start 1383145786.525 DEBUG lxc_conf - instanciated veth 'vethB4L35W/vethVC61K2', index is '26' lxc-start 1383145786.529 DEBUG lxc_cgroup - cgroup 'memory.limit_in_bytes' set to '20G' lxc-start 1383145786.529 DEBUG lxc_cgroup - cgroup 'cpuset.cpus' set to '12-23' lxc-start 1383145786.529 INFO lxc_cgroup - cgroup has been setup lxc-start 1383145786.555 DEBUG lxc_conf - move 'eth0' to '6249' lxc-start 1383145786.555 INFO lxc_conf - 'as1' hostname has been setup lxc-start 1383145786.575 DEBUG lxc_conf - 'eth0' has been setup lxc-start 1383145786.575 INFO lxc_conf - network has been setup lxc-start 1383145786.575 INFO lxc_conf - looking at .44 42 252:0 / / rw,relatime - ext4 /dev/mapper/limitorderbook1-root rw,errors=remount-ro,data=ordered . lxc-start 1383145786.575 INFO lxc_conf - now p is . /. lxc-start 1383145786.575 INFO lxc_conf - looking at .52 44 0:5 / /dev rw,relatime - devtmpfs udev rw,size=32961632k,nr_inodes=8240408,mode=755 . lxc-start 1383145786.575 INFO lxc_conf - now p is . /dev. lxc-start 1383145786.575 INFO lxc_conf - looking at .61 52 0:11 / /dev/pts rw,nosuid,noexec,relatime - devpts devpts rw,mode=600,ptmxmode=000 . lxc-start 1383145786.575 INFO lxc_conf - now p is . /dev/pts. lxc-start 1383145786.575 INFO lxc_conf - looking at .68 44 0:15 / /run rw,nosuid,noexec,relatime - tmpfs tmpfs rw,size=6594456k,mode=755 . lxc-start 1383145786.575 INFO lxc_conf - now p is . /run. lxc-start 1383145786.575 INFO lxc_conf - looking at .69 68 0:18 / /run/lock rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime - tmpfs none rw,size=5120k . lxc-start 1383145786.575 INFO lxc_conf - now p is . /run/lock. lxc-start 1383145786.575 INFO lxc_conf - looking at .72 68 0:19 / /run/shm rw,nosuid,nodev,relatime - tmpfs none rw . lxc-start 1383145786.575 INFO lxc_conf - now p is . /run/shm. lxc-start 1383145786.575 INFO lxc_conf - looking at .73 68 0:21 / /run/user rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime - tmpfs none rw,size=102400k,mode=755 . lxc-start 1383145786.575 INFO lxc_conf - now p is . /run/user. lxc-start 1383145786.575 INFO lxc_conf - looking at .76 44 0:14 / /sys rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime - sysfs sysfs rw . lxc-start 1383145786.575 INFO lxc_conf - now p is . /sys. lxc-start 1383145786.575 INFO lxc_conf - looking at .77 76 0:16 / /sys/fs/cgroup rw,relatime - tmpfs none rw,size=4k,mode=755 . lxc-start 1383145786.575 INFO lxc_conf - now p is . /sys/fs/cgroup. lxc-start 1383145786.575 INFO lxc_conf - looking at .78 77 0:20 / /sys/fs/cgroup/cpuset rw,relatime - cgroup cgroup rw,cpuset,clone_children . lxc-start 1383145786.575 INFO lxc_conf - now p is . /sys/fs/cgroup/cpuset. lxc-start 1383145786.575 INFO lxc_conf - looking at .79 77 0:23 / /sys/fs/cgroup/cpu rw,relatime - cgroup cgroup rw,cpu . lxc-start 1383145786.575 INFO lxc_conf - now p is . /sys/fs/cgroup/cpu. lxc-start 1383145786.575 INFO lxc_conf - looking at .80 77 0:24 / /sys/fs/cgroup/cpuacct rw,relatime - cgroup cgroup rw,cpuacct . lxc-start 1383145786.575 INFO lxc_conf - now p is . /sys/fs/cgroup/cpuacct. lxc-start 1383145786.575 INFO lxc_conf - looking at .81 77 0:25 / /sys/fs/cgroup/memory rw,relatime - cgroup cgroup rw,memory . lxc-start 1383145786.575 INFO lxc_conf - now p is . /sys/fs/cgroup/memory. lxc-start 1383145786.575 INFO lxc_conf - looking at .82 77 0:26 / /sys/fs/cgroup/devices rw,relatime - cgroup cgroup rw,devices . lxc-start 1383145786.575 INFO lxc_conf - now p is . /sys/fs/cgroup/devices. lxc-start 1383145786.575 INFO lxc_conf - looking at .83 77 0:27 / /sys/fs/cgroup/freezer rw,relatime - cgroup cgroup rw,freezer . lxc-start 1383145786.575 INFO lxc_conf - now p is . /sys/fs/cgroup/freezer. lxc-start 1383145786.575 INFO lxc_conf - looking at .84 77 0:28 / /sys/fs/cgroup/blkio rw,relatime - cgroup cgroup rw,blkio . lxc-start 1383145786.575 INFO lxc_conf - now p is . /sys/fs/cgroup/blkio. lxc-start 1383145786.575 INFO lxc_conf - looking at .85 77 0:29 / /sys/fs/cgroup/perf_event rw,relatime - cgroup cgroup rw,perf_event . lxc-start 1383145786.575 INFO lxc_conf - now p is . /sys/fs/cgroup/perf_event. lxc-start 1383145786.575 INFO lxc_conf - looking at .94 77 0:30 / /sys/fs/cgroup/hugetlb rw,relatime - cgroup cgroup rw,hugetlb . lxc-start 1383145786.575 INFO lxc_conf - now p is . /sys/fs/cgroup/hugetlb. lxc-start 1383145786.575 INFO lxc_conf - looking at .95 77 0:31 / /sys/fs/cgroup/systemd rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime - cgroup systemd rw,name=systemd . lxc-start 1383145786.575 INFO lxc_conf - now p is . /sys/fs/cgroup/systemd. lxc-start 1383145786.575 INFO lxc_conf - looking at .96 76 0:17 / /sys/fs/fuse/connections rw,relatime - fusectl none rw . lxc-start 1383145786.575 INFO lxc_conf - now p is . /sys/fs/fuse/connections. lxc-start 1383145786.575 INFO lxc_conf - looking at .98 76 0:6 / /sys/kernel/debug rw,relatime - debugfs none rw . lxc-start 1383145786.575 INFO lxc_conf - now p is . /sys/kernel/debug. lxc-start 1383145786.575 INFO lxc_conf - looking at .101 76 0:10 / /sys/kernel/security rw,relatime - securityfs none rw . lxc-start 1383145786.575 INFO lxc_conf - now p is . /sys/kernel/security. lxc-start 1383145786.575 INFO lxc_conf - looking at .102 76 0:22 / /sys/fs/pstore rw,relatime - pstore none rw . lxc-start 1383145786.575 INFO lxc_conf - now p is . /sys/fs/pstore. lxc-start 1383145786.575 INFO lxc_conf - looking at .103 44 0:3 / /proc rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime - proc proc rw . lxc-start 1383145786.575 INFO lxc_conf - now p is . /proc. lxc-start 1383145786.575 INFO lxc_conf - looking at .104 44 9:2 / /data rw,relatime - ext4 /dev/md2 rw,errors=remount-ro,data=ordered . lxc-start 1383145786.575 INFO lxc_conf - now p is . /data. lxc-start 1383145786.575 INFO lxc_conf - looking at .105 44 8:1 / /boot rw,relatime - ext2 /dev/sda1 rw,errors=continue . lxc-start 1383145786.575 INFO lxc_conf - now p is . /boot. lxc-start 1383145786.576 DEBUG lxc_conf - mounted '/data/srv/lxc/as1' on '/usr/lib/x86_64-linux-gnu/lxc' lxc-start 1383145786.576 DEBUG lxc_conf - mounted 'none' on '/usr/lib/x86_64-linux-gnu/lxc//dev/pts', type 'devpts' lxc-start 1383145786.576 DEBUG lxc_conf - mounted 'none' on '/usr/lib/x86_64-linux-gnu/lxc//proc', type 'proc' lxc-start 1383145786.576 DEBUG lxc_conf - mounted 'none' on '/usr/lib/x86_64-linux-gnu/lxc//sys', type 'sysfs' lxc-start 1383145786.576 DEBUG lxc_conf - mounted 'none' on '/usr/lib/x86_64-linux-gnu/lxc//run', type 'tmpfs' lxc-start 1383145786.576 INFO lxc_conf - mount points have been setup lxc-start 1383145786.577 INFO lxc_conf - console has been setup lxc-start 1383145786.577 INFO lxc_conf - 8 tty(s) has been setup lxc-start 1383145786.577 INFO lxc_conf - rootfs path is ./data/srv/lxc/as1., mount is ./usr/lib/x86_64-linux-gnu/lxc. lxc-start 1383145786.577 INFO lxc_apparmor - I am 1, /proc/self points to 1 lxc-start 1383145786.577 DEBUG lxc_conf - created '/usr/lib/x86_64-linux-gnu/lxc/lxc_putold' directory lxc-start 1383145786.577 DEBUG lxc_conf - mountpoint for old rootfs is '/usr/lib/x86_64-linux-gnu/lxc/lxc_putold' lxc-start 1383145786.577 DEBUG lxc_conf - pivot_root syscall to '/usr/lib/x86_64-linux-gnu/lxc' successful lxc-start 1383145786.577 DEBUG lxc_conf - umounted '/lxc_putold/dev/pts' lxc-start 1383145786.577 DEBUG lxc_conf - umounted '/lxc_putold/run/lock' lxc-start 1383145786.577 DEBUG lxc_conf - umounted '/lxc_putold/run/shm' lxc-start 1383145786.577 DEBUG lxc_conf - umounted '/lxc_putold/run/user' lxc-start 1383145786.577 DEBUG lxc_conf - umounted '/lxc_putold/sys/fs/cgroup/cpuset' lxc-start 1383145786.577 DEBUG lxc_conf - umounted '/lxc_putold/sys/fs/cgroup/cpu' lxc-start 1383145786.577 DEBUG lxc_conf - umounted '/lxc_putold/sys/fs/cgroup/cpuacct' lxc-start 1383145786.577 DEBUG lxc_conf - umounted '/lxc_putold/sys/fs/cgroup/memory' lxc-start 1383145786.577 DEBUG lxc_conf - umounted '/lxc_putold/sys/fs/cgroup/devices' lxc-start 1383145786.577 DEBUG lxc_conf - umounted '/lxc_putold/sys/fs/cgroup/freezer' lxc-start 1383145786.577 DEBUG lxc_conf - umounted '/lxc_putold/sys/fs/cgroup/blkio' lxc-start 1383145786.577 DEBUG lxc_conf - umounted '/lxc_putold/sys/fs/cgroup/perf_event' lxc-start 1383145786.577 DEBUG lxc_conf - umounted '/lxc_putold/sys/fs/cgroup/hugetlb' lxc-start 1383145786.577 DEBUG lxc_conf - umounted '/lxc_putold/sys/fs/cgroup/systemd' lxc-start 1383145786.577 DEBUG lxc_conf - umounted '/lxc_putold/sys/fs/fuse/connections' lxc-start 1383145786.577 DEBUG lxc_conf - umounted '/lxc_putold/sys/kernel/debug' lxc-start 1383145786.577 DEBUG lxc_conf - umounted '/lxc_putold/sys/kernel/security' lxc-start 1383145786.577 DEBUG lxc_conf - umounted '/lxc_putold/sys/fs/pstore' lxc-start 1383145786.577 DEBUG lxc_conf - umounted '/lxc_putold/proc' lxc-start 1383145786.577 DEBUG lxc_conf - umounted '/lxc_putold/data' lxc-start 1383145786.577 DEBUG lxc_conf - umounted '/lxc_putold/boot' lxc-start 1383145786.577 DEBUG lxc_conf - umounted '/lxc_putold/dev' lxc-start 1383145786.577 DEBUG lxc_conf - umounted '/lxc_putold/run' lxc-start 1383145786.577 DEBUG lxc_conf - umounted '/lxc_putold/sys/fs/cgroup' lxc-start 1383145786.577 DEBUG lxc_conf - umounted '/lxc_putold/sys' lxc-start 1383145786.577 DEBUG lxc_conf - umounted '/lxc_putold' lxc-start 1383145786.577 INFO lxc_conf - created new pts instance lxc-start 1383145786.578 DEBUG lxc_conf - drop capability 'sys_boot' (22) lxc-start 1383145786.578 DEBUG lxc_conf - capabilities have been setup lxc-start 1383145786.578 NOTICE lxc_conf - 'as1' is setup. lxc-start 1383145786.578 DEBUG lxc_cgroup - cgroup 'memory.limit_in_bytes' set to '20G' lxc-start 1383145786.578 DEBUG lxc_cgroup - cgroup 'cpuset.cpus' set to '12-23' lxc-start 1383145786.578 INFO lxc_cgroup - cgroup has been setup lxc-start 1383145786.578 INFO lxc_apparmor - setting up apparmor lxc-start 1383145786.578 INFO lxc_apparmor - changed apparmor profile to lxc-container-default lxc-start 1383145786.578 NOTICE lxc_start - exec'ing '/sbin/init' lxc-start 1383145786.578 INFO lxc_conf - looking at .15 20 0:14 / /sys rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime - sysfs sysfs rw . lxc-start 1383145786.578 INFO lxc_conf - now p is . /sys. lxc-start 1383145786.578 INFO lxc_conf - looking at .16 20 0:3 / /proc rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime - proc proc rw . lxc-start 1383145786.578 INFO lxc_conf - now p is . /proc. lxc-start 1383145786.578 INFO lxc_conf - looking at .17 20 0:5 / /dev rw,relatime - devtmpfs udev rw,size=32961632k,nr_inodes=8240408,mode=755 . lxc-start 1383145786.578 INFO lxc_conf - now p is . /dev. lxc-start 1383145786.578 INFO lxc_conf - looking at .18 17 0:11 / /dev/pts rw,nosuid,noexec,relatime - devpts devpts rw,mode=600,ptmxmode=000 . lxc-start 1383145786.578 INFO lxc_conf - now p is . /dev/pts. lxc-start 1383145786.578 INFO lxc_conf - looking at .19 20 0:15 / /run rw,nosuid,noexec,relatime - tmpfs tmpfs rw,size=6594456k,mode=755 . lxc-start 1383145786.578 INFO lxc_conf - now p is . /run. lxc-start 1383145786.578 INFO lxc_conf - looking at .20 1 252:0 / / rw,relatime - ext4 /dev/mapper/limitorderbook1-root rw,errors=remount-ro,data=ordered . lxc-start 1383145786.578 INFO lxc_conf - now p is . /. lxc-start 1383145786.578 INFO lxc_conf - looking at .22 15 0:16 / /sys/fs/cgroup rw,relatime - tmpfs none rw,size=4k,mode=755 . lxc-start 1383145786.578 INFO lxc_conf - now p is . /sys/fs/cgroup. lxc-start 1383145786.578 INFO lxc_conf - looking at .23 15 0:17 / /sys/fs/fuse/connections rw,relatime - fusectl none rw . lxc-start 1383145786.578 INFO lxc_conf - now p is . /sys/fs/fuse/connections. lxc-start 1383145786.578 INFO lxc_conf - looking at .24 15 0:6 / /sys/kernel/debug rw,relatime - debugfs none rw . lxc-start 1383145786.579 INFO lxc_conf - now p is . /sys/kernel/debug. lxc-start 1383145786.579 INFO lxc_conf - looking at .25 15 0:10 / /sys/kernel/security rw,relatime - securityfs none rw . lxc-start 1383145786.579 INFO lxc_conf - now p is . /sys/kernel/security. lxc-start 1383145786.579 INFO lxc_conf - looking at .26 19 0:18 / /run/lock rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime - tmpfs none rw,size=5120k . lxc-start 1383145786.579 INFO lxc_conf - now p is . /run/lock. lxc-start 1383145786.579 INFO lxc_conf - looking at .27 19 0:19 / /run/shm rw,nosuid,nodev,relatime - tmpfs none rw . lxc-start 1383145786.579 INFO lxc_conf - now p is . /run/shm. lxc-start 1383145786.579 INFO lxc_conf - looking at .28 22 0:20 / /sys/fs/cgroup/cpuset rw,relatime - cgroup cgroup rw,cpuset,clone_children . lxc-start 1383145786.579 INFO lxc_conf - now p is . /sys/fs/cgroup/cpuset. lxc-start 1383145786.579 INFO lxc_conf - looking at .29 19 0:21 / /run/user rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime - tmpfs none rw,size=102400k,mode=755 . lxc-start 1383145786.579 INFO lxc_conf - now p is . /run/user. lxc-start 1383145786.579 INFO lxc_conf - looking at .30 15 0:22 / /sys/fs/pstore rw,relatime - pstore none rw . lxc-start 1383145786.579 INFO lxc_conf - now p is . /sys/fs/pstore. lxc-start 1383145786.579 INFO lxc_conf - looking at .31 22 0:23 / /sys/fs/cgroup/cpu rw,relatime - cgroup cgroup rw,cpu . lxc-start 1383145786.579 INFO lxc_conf - now p is . /sys/fs/cgroup/cpu. lxc-start 1383145786.579 INFO lxc_conf - looking at .32 22 0:24 / /sys/fs/cgroup/cpuacct rw,relatime - cgroup cgroup rw,cpuacct . lxc-start 1383145786.579 INFO lxc_conf - now p is . /sys/fs/cgroup/cpuacct. lxc-start 1383145786.579 INFO lxc_conf - looking at .33 22 0:25 / /sys/fs/cgroup/memory rw,relatime - cgroup cgroup rw,memory . lxc-start 1383145786.579 INFO lxc_conf - now p is . /sys/fs/cgroup/memory. lxc-start 1383145786.579 INFO lxc_conf - looking at .34 22 0:26 / /sys/fs/cgroup/devices rw,relatime - cgroup cgroup rw,devices . lxc-start 1383145786.579 INFO lxc_conf - now p is . /sys/fs/cgroup/devices. lxc-start 1383145786.579 INFO lxc_conf - looking at .35 22 0:27 / /sys/fs/cgroup/freezer rw,relatime - cgroup cgroup rw,freezer . lxc-start 1383145786.579 INFO lxc_conf - now p is . /sys/fs/cgroup/freezer. lxc-start 1383145786.579 INFO lxc_conf - looking at .36 22 0:28 / /sys/fs/cgroup/blkio rw,relatime - cgroup cgroup rw,blkio . lxc-start 1383145786.579 INFO lxc_conf - now p is . /sys/fs/cgroup/blkio. lxc-start 1383145786.579 INFO lxc_conf - looking at .37 22 0:29 / /sys/fs/cgroup/perf_event rw,relatime - cgroup cgroup rw,perf_event . lxc-start 1383145786.579 INFO lxc_conf - now p is . /sys/fs/cgroup/perf_event. lxc-start 1383145786.579 INFO lxc_conf - looking at .38 22 0:30 / /sys/fs/cgroup/hugetlb rw,relatime - cgroup cgroup rw,hugetlb . lxc-start 1383145786.579 INFO lxc_conf - now p is . /sys/fs/cgroup/hugetlb. lxc-start 1383145786.579 INFO lxc_conf - looking at .39 20 9:2 / /data rw,relatime - ext4 /dev/md2 rw,errors=remount-ro,data=ordered . lxc-start 1383145786.579 INFO lxc_conf - now p is . /data. lxc-start 1383145786.579 INFO lxc_conf - looking at .40 20 8:1 / /boot rw,relatime - ext2 /dev/sda1 rw,errors=continue . lxc-start 1383145786.579 INFO lxc_conf - now p is . /boot. lxc-start 1383145786.579 INFO lxc_conf - looking at .41 22 0:31 / /sys/fs/cgroup/systemd rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime - cgroup systemd rw,name=systemd . lxc-start 1383145786.579 INFO lxc_conf - now p is . /sys/fs/cgroup/systemd. lxc-start 1383145786.579 NOTICE lxc_start - '/sbin/init' started with pid '6249' lxc-start 1383145786.579 WARN lxc_start - invalid pid for SIGCHLD <4>init: ureadahead main process (7) terminated with status 5 <4>init: console-font main process (94) terminated with status 1 And it will just sit there like that for hours at least. The container becomes pingable but I can't ssh and if I try lxc-console -n as1 I get a blank screen. If I do lxc-stop -n as1 or ^C in the window where it has hung I get: ^CTERM environment variable not set. <4>init: plymouth-upstart-bridge main process (192) terminated with status 1 <4>init: hwclock-save main process (187) terminated with status 70 * Asking all remaining processes to terminate... ...done. * All processes ended within 1 seconds... ...done. * Deactivating swap... ...fail! mount: cannot mount block device /dev/md2 read-only * Will now restart But after 20 minutes it hasn't restarted. Any ideas why these containers are hanging?

    Read the article

  • SQL Server 08 Express error when connecting to localhost - "Timeout expired". Works with ::1 or 127

    - by Adam A
    EDIT New info: Navigating to localhost:1434 in Chrome gives me an "ERR_EMPTY_RESPONSE", while other ports give me an "Oops! This link appears to be broken". So it seems to binding ok there? So here's my setup so far: I've configured Windows Firewall to allow TCP on 1433 and UDP on 1434. I've set up SQL Server to use any IP on Port 1433 (using the SQL Server Configuration Manager). My hosts file contains the default entries ("127.0.0.1 localhost" and "::1 localhost"). I sometimes have a debug session of Visual Web Developer running a webserver, but it's on a specific port (localhost:5XXXX). What I've tried: I CAN ping localhost in a cmd prompt. I CAN connect to the database through SSMS if I specify 127.0.0.1 or ::1 as the server name. I CAN'T connect to the database through SSMS (or ADO.NET) if I specify localhost as the server name. I've tried both Windows and SQL Authentication The error I get is the standard Can't connect to localhost. Additional Information -- Timeout expired. The timeout period elapsed prior to completion of the operation or the server is not responding. (Microsoft Sql Server) Other considerations: Stopping the Visual Web Developer web server from the taskbar doesn't affect the sql problem. The SQL error log says that it's listening on some piped name url at start up (I don't see how this would affect localhost but not 127.0.0.1 though). I could probably just use 127.0.0.1 everywhere, but it scares me that localhost isn't working and I'd like to figure out why. I'm not much of a networking or sql server guy so I'm stuck. If you want me to try anything to help diagnose just put it in a comment and I'll give it a go. Netstat results: Setting SDK environment relative to C:\Program Files\Microsoft SDKs\Windows\v6.1 Targeting Windows Server 2008 x86 DEBUG C:\Program Files\Microsoft SDKs\Windows\v6.1netstat -ano | findstr 1434 UDP 0.0.0.0:1434 *:* 6868 UDP [::]:1434 *:* 6868 C:\Program Files\Microsoft SDKs\Windows\v6.1netstat -ano | findstr 1433 TCP 0.0.0.0:1433 0.0.0.0:0 LISTENING 2268 TCP 127.0.0.1:1433 127.0.0.1:50758 ESTABLISHED 2268 TCP 127.0.0.1:50758 127.0.0.1:1433 ESTABLISHED 5008 TCP [::]:1433 [::]:0 LISTENING 2268 TCP [::1]:1433 [::1]:51202 ESTABLISHED 2268 TCP [::1]:1433 [::1]:51616 ESTABLISHED 2268 TCP [::1]:51202 [::1]:1433 ESTABLISHED 5008 TCP [::1]:51616 [::1]:1433 ESTABLISHED 5008 C:\Program Files\Microsoft SDKs\Windows\v6.1 SQL Server Log File: In case it helps 2010-01-30 12:58:59.01 Server Microsoft SQL Server 2008 (SP1) - 10.0.2531.0 (Intel X86) Mar 29 2009 10:27:29 Copyright (c) 1988-2008 Microsoft Corporation Express Edition on Windows NT 6.0 (Build 6002: Service Pack 2) 2010-01-30 12:58:59.01 Server (c) 2005 Microsoft Corporation. 2010-01-30 12:58:59.01 Server All rights reserved. 2010-01-30 12:58:59.01 Server Server process ID is 2268. 2010-01-30 12:58:59.01 Server System Manufacturer: 'Dell Inc.', System Model: 'Inspiron 1545'. 2010-01-30 12:58:59.01 Server Authentication mode is MIXED. 2010-01-30 12:58:59.02 Server Logging SQL Server messages in file 'c:\Program Files\Microsoft SQL Server\MSSQL10.SQLEXPRESS\MSSQL\Log\ERRORLOG'. 2010-01-30 12:58:59.02 Server This instance of SQL Server last reported using a process ID of 7396 at 1/30/2010 12:57:38 PM (local) 1/30/2010 5:57:38 PM (UTC). This is an informational message only; no user action is required. 2010-01-30 12:58:59.02 Server Registry startup parameters: -d c:\Program Files\Microsoft SQL Server\MSSQL10.SQLEXPRESS\MSSQL\DATA\master.mdf -e c:\Program Files\Microsoft SQL Server\MSSQL10.SQLEXPRESS\MSSQL\Log\ERRORLOG -l c:\Program Files\Microsoft SQL Server\MSSQL10.SQLEXPRESS\MSSQL\DATA\mastlog.ldf 2010-01-30 12:58:59.02 Server SQL Server is starting at normal priority base (=7). This is an informational message only. No user action is required. 2010-01-30 12:58:59.02 Server Detected 2 CPUs. This is an informational message; no user action is required. 2010-01-30 12:58:59.08 Server Using dynamic lock allocation. Initial allocation of 2500 Lock blocks and 5000 Lock Owner blocks per node. This is an informational message only. No user action is required. 2010-01-30 12:58:59.17 Server Node configuration: node 0: CPU mask: 0x00000003 Active CPU mask: 0x00000003. This message provides a description of the NUMA configuration for this computer. This is an informational message only. No user action is required. 2010-01-30 12:58:59.30 spid7s Starting up database 'master'. 2010-01-30 12:58:59.41 spid7s Recovery is writing a checkpoint in database 'master' (1). This is an informational message only. No user action is required. 2010-01-30 12:58:59.67 spid7s FILESTREAM: effective level = 0, configured level = 0, file system access share name = 'SQLEXPRESS'. 2010-01-30 12:58:59.92 spid7s SQL Trace ID 1 was started by login "sa". 2010-01-30 12:58:59.94 spid7s Starting up database 'mssqlsystemresource'. 2010-01-30 12:58:59.95 spid7s The resource database build version is 10.00.2531. This is an informational message only. No user action is required. 2010-01-30 12:59:00.82 spid7s Server name is 'DELL\SQLEXPRESS'. This is an informational message only. No user action is required. 2010-01-30 12:59:00.83 Server A self-generated certificate was successfully loaded for encryption. 2010-01-30 12:59:00.84 Server Server is listening on [ 'any' 1433]. 2010-01-30 12:59:00.84 Server Server is listening on [ 'any' 1433]. 2010-01-30 12:59:00.84 spid10s Starting up database 'model'. 2010-01-30 12:59:00.85 Server Server local connection provider is ready to accept connection on [ \\.\pipe\SQLLocal\SQLEXPRESS ]. 2010-01-30 12:59:00.86 Server Server local connection provider is ready to accept connection on [ \\.\pipe\MSSQL$SQLEXPRESS\sql\query ]. 2010-01-30 12:59:00.86 Server Dedicated administrator connection support was not started because it is disabled on this edition of SQL Server. If you want to use a dedicated administrator connection, restart SQL Server using the trace flag 7806. This is an informational message only. No user action is required. 2010-01-30 12:59:00.87 Server The SQL Server Network Interface library could not register the Service Principal Name (SPN) for the SQL Server service. Error: 0x54b, state: 3. Failure to register an SPN may cause integrated authentication to fall back to NTLM instead of Kerberos. This is an informational message. Further action is only required if Kerberos authentication is required by authentication policies. 2010-01-30 12:59:00.87 spid7s Informational: No full-text supported languages found. 2010-01-30 12:59:00.87 Server SQL Server is now ready for client connections. This is an informational message; no user action is required. 2010-01-30 12:59:00.91 spid7s Starting up database 'msdb'. 2010-01-30 12:59:01.21 spid10s Clearing tempdb database. 2010-01-30 12:59:02.78 spid10s Starting up database 'tempdb'. 2010-01-30 12:59:03.30 spid13s The Service Broker protocol transport is disabled or not configured. 2010-01-30 12:59:03.30 spid13s The Database Mirroring protocol transport is disabled or not configured. 2010-01-30 12:59:03.31 spid7s Recovery is complete. This is an informational message only. No user action is required. 2010-01-30 12:59:03.31 spid13s Service Broker manager has started.

    Read the article

  • Ancillary Objects: Separate Debug ELF Files For Solaris

    - by Ali Bahrami
    We introduced a new object ELF object type in Solaris 11 Update 1 called the Ancillary Object. This posting describes them, using material originally written during their development, the PSARC arc case, and the Solaris Linker and Libraries Manual. ELF objects contain allocable sections, which are mapped into memory at runtime, and non-allocable sections, which are present in the file for use by debuggers and observability tools, but which are not mapped or used at runtime. Typically, all of these sections exist within a single object file. Ancillary objects allow them to instead go into a separate file. There are different reasons given for wanting such a feature. One can debate whether the added complexity is worth the benefit, and in most cases it is not. However, one important case stands out — customers with very large 32-bit objects who are not ready or able to make the transition to 64-bits. We have customers who build extremely large 32-bit objects. Historically, the debug sections in these objects have used the stabs format, which is limited, but relatively compact. In recent years, the industry has transitioned to the powerful but verbose DWARF standard. In some cases, the size of these debug sections is large enough to push the total object file size past the fundamental 4GB limit for 32-bit ELF object files. The best, and ultimately only, solution to overly large objects is to transition to 64-bits. However, consider environments where: Hundreds of users may be executing the code on large shared systems. (32-bits use less memory and bus bandwidth, and on sparc runs just as fast as 64-bit code otherwise). Complex finely tuned code, where the original authors may no longer be available. Critical production code, that was expensive to qualify and bring online, and which is otherwise serving its intended purpose without issue. Users in these risk adverse and/or high scale categories have good reasons to push 32-bits objects to the limit before moving on. Ancillary objects offer these users a longer runway. Design The design of ancillary objects is intended to be simple, both to help human understanding when examining elfdump output, and to lower the bar for debuggers such as dbx to support them. The primary and ancillary objects have the same set of section headers, with the same names, in the same order (i.e. each section has the same index in both files). A single added section of type SHT_SUNW_ANCILLARY is added to both objects, containing information that allows a debugger to identify and validate both files relative to each other. Given one of these files, the ancillary section allows you to identify the other. Allocable sections go in the primary object, and non-allocable ones go into the ancillary object. A small set of non-allocable objects, notably the symbol table, are copied into both objects. As noted above, most sections are only written to one of the two objects, but both objects have the same section header array. The section header in the file that does not contain the section data is tagged with the SHF_SUNW_ABSENT section header flag to indicate its placeholder status. Compiler writers and others who produce objects can set the SUNW_SHF_PRIMARY section header flag to mark non-allocable sections that should go to the primary object rather than the ancillary. If you don't request an ancillary object, the Solaris ELF format is unchanged. Users who don't use ancillary objects do not pay for the feature. This is important, because they exist to serve a small subset of our users, and must not complicate the common case. If you do request an ancillary object, the runtime behavior of the primary object will be the same as that of a normal object. There is no added runtime cost. The primary and ancillary object together represent a logical single object. This is facilitated by the use of a single set of section headers. One can easily imagine a tool that can merge a primary and ancillary object into a single file, or the reverse. (Note that although this is an interesting intellectual exercise, we don't actually supply such a tool because there's little practical benefit above and beyond using ld to create the files). Among the benefits of this approach are: There is no need for per-file symbol tables to reflect the contents of each file. The same symbol table that would be produced for a standard object can be used. The section contents are identical in either case — there is no need to alter data to accommodate multiple files. It is very easy for a debugger to adapt to these new files, and the processing involved can be encapsulated in input/output routines. Most of the existing debugger implementation applies without modification. The limit of a 4GB 32-bit output object is now raised to 4GB of code, and 4GB of debug data. There is also the future possibility (not currently supported) to support multiple ancillary objects, each of which could contain up to 4GB of additional debug data. It must be noted however that the 32-bit DWARF debug format is itself inherently 32-bit limited, as it uses 32-bit offsets between debug sections, so the ability to employ multiple ancillary object files may not turn out to be useful. Using Ancillary Objects (From the Solaris Linker and Libraries Guide) By default, objects contain both allocable and non-allocable sections. Allocable sections are the sections that contain executable code and the data needed by that code at runtime. Non-allocable sections contain supplemental information that is not required to execute an object at runtime. These sections support the operation of debuggers and other observability tools. The non-allocable sections in an object are not loaded into memory at runtime by the operating system, and so, they have no impact on memory use or other aspects of runtime performance no matter their size. For convenience, both allocable and non-allocable sections are normally maintained in the same file. However, there are situations in which it can be useful to separate these sections. To reduce the size of objects in order to improve the speed at which they can be copied across wide area networks. To support fine grained debugging of highly optimized code requires considerable debug data. In modern systems, the debugging data can easily be larger than the code it describes. The size of a 32-bit object is limited to 4 Gbytes. In very large 32-bit objects, the debug data can cause this limit to be exceeded and prevent the creation of the object. To limit the exposure of internal implementation details. Traditionally, objects have been stripped of non-allocable sections in order to address these issues. Stripping is effective, but destroys data that might be needed later. The Solaris link-editor can instead write non-allocable sections to an ancillary object. This feature is enabled with the -z ancillary command line option. $ ld ... -z ancillary[=outfile] ...By default, the ancillary file is given the same name as the primary output object, with a .anc file extension. However, a different name can be provided by providing an outfile value to the -z ancillary option. When -z ancillary is specified, the link-editor performs the following actions. All allocable sections are written to the primary object. In addition, all non-allocable sections containing one or more input sections that have the SHF_SUNW_PRIMARY section header flag set are written to the primary object. All remaining non-allocable sections are written to the ancillary object. The following non-allocable sections are written to both the primary object and ancillary object. .shstrtab The section name string table. .symtab The full non-dynamic symbol table. .symtab_shndx The symbol table extended index section associated with .symtab. .strtab The non-dynamic string table associated with .symtab. .SUNW_ancillary Contains the information required to identify the primary and ancillary objects, and to identify the object being examined. The primary object and all ancillary objects contain the same array of sections headers. Each section has the same section index in every file. Although the primary and ancillary objects all define the same section headers, the data for most sections will be written to a single file as described above. If the data for a section is not present in a given file, the SHF_SUNW_ABSENT section header flag is set, and the sh_size field is 0. This organization makes it possible to acquire a full list of section headers, a complete symbol table, and a complete list of the primary and ancillary objects from either of the primary or ancillary objects. The following example illustrates the underlying implementation of ancillary objects. An ancillary object is created by adding the -z ancillary command line option to an otherwise normal compilation. The file utility shows that the result is an executable named a.out, and an associated ancillary object named a.out.anc. $ cat hello.c #include <stdio.h> int main(int argc, char **argv) { (void) printf("hello, world\n"); return (0); } $ cc -g -zancillary hello.c $ file a.out a.out.anc a.out: ELF 32-bit LSB executable 80386 Version 1 [FPU], dynamically linked, not stripped, ancillary object a.out.anc a.out.anc: ELF 32-bit LSB ancillary 80386 Version 1, primary object a.out $ ./a.out hello worldThe resulting primary object is an ordinary executable that can be executed in the usual manner. It is no different at runtime than an executable built without the use of ancillary objects, and then stripped of non-allocable content using the strip or mcs commands. As previously described, the primary object and ancillary objects contain the same section headers. To see how this works, it is helpful to use the elfdump utility to display these section headers and compare them. The following table shows the section header information for a selection of headers from the previous link-edit example. Index Section Name Type Primary Flags Ancillary Flags Primary Size Ancillary Size 13 .text PROGBITS ALLOC EXECINSTR ALLOC EXECINSTR SUNW_ABSENT 0x131 0 20 .data PROGBITS WRITE ALLOC WRITE ALLOC SUNW_ABSENT 0x4c 0 21 .symtab SYMTAB 0 0 0x450 0x450 22 .strtab STRTAB STRINGS STRINGS 0x1ad 0x1ad 24 .debug_info PROGBITS SUNW_ABSENT 0 0 0x1a7 28 .shstrtab STRTAB STRINGS STRINGS 0x118 0x118 29 .SUNW_ancillary SUNW_ancillary 0 0 0x30 0x30 The data for most sections is only present in one of the two files, and absent from the other file. The SHF_SUNW_ABSENT section header flag is set when the data is absent. The data for allocable sections needed at runtime are found in the primary object. The data for non-allocable sections used for debugging but not needed at runtime are placed in the ancillary file. A small set of non-allocable sections are fully present in both files. These are the .SUNW_ancillary section used to relate the primary and ancillary objects together, the section name string table .shstrtab, as well as the symbol table.symtab, and its associated string table .strtab. It is possible to strip the symbol table from the primary object. A debugger that encounters an object without a symbol table can use the .SUNW_ancillary section to locate the ancillary object, and access the symbol contained within. The primary object, and all associated ancillary objects, contain a .SUNW_ancillary section that allows all the objects to be identified and related together. $ elfdump -T SUNW_ancillary a.out a.out.anc a.out: Ancillary Section: .SUNW_ancillary index tag value [0] ANC_SUNW_CHECKSUM 0x8724 [1] ANC_SUNW_MEMBER 0x1 a.out [2] ANC_SUNW_CHECKSUM 0x8724 [3] ANC_SUNW_MEMBER 0x1a3 a.out.anc [4] ANC_SUNW_CHECKSUM 0xfbe2 [5] ANC_SUNW_NULL 0 a.out.anc: Ancillary Section: .SUNW_ancillary index tag value [0] ANC_SUNW_CHECKSUM 0xfbe2 [1] ANC_SUNW_MEMBER 0x1 a.out [2] ANC_SUNW_CHECKSUM 0x8724 [3] ANC_SUNW_MEMBER 0x1a3 a.out.anc [4] ANC_SUNW_CHECKSUM 0xfbe2 [5] ANC_SUNW_NULL 0 The ancillary sections for both objects contain the same number of elements, and are identical except for the first element. Each object, starting with the primary object, is introduced with a MEMBER element that gives the file name, followed by a CHECKSUM that identifies the object. In this example, the primary object is a.out, and has a checksum of 0x8724. The ancillary object is a.out.anc, and has a checksum of 0xfbe2. The first element in a .SUNW_ancillary section, preceding the MEMBER element for the primary object, is always a CHECKSUM element, containing the checksum for the file being examined. The presence of a .SUNW_ancillary section in an object indicates that the object has associated ancillary objects. The names of the primary and all associated ancillary objects can be obtained from the ancillary section from any one of the files. It is possible to determine which file is being examined from the larger set of files by comparing the first checksum value to the checksum of each member that follows. Debugger Access and Use of Ancillary Objects Debuggers and other observability tools must merge the information found in the primary and ancillary object files in order to build a complete view of the object. This is equivalent to processing the information from a single file. This merging is simplified by the primary object and ancillary objects containing the same section headers, and a single symbol table. The following steps can be used by a debugger to assemble the information contained in these files. Starting with the primary object, or any of the ancillary objects, locate the .SUNW_ancillary section. The presence of this section identifies the object as part of an ancillary group, contains information that can be used to obtain a complete list of the files and determine which of those files is the one currently being examined. Create a section header array in memory, using the section header array from the object being examined as an initial template. Open and read each file identified by the .SUNW_ancillary section in turn. For each file, fill in the in-memory section header array with the information for each section that does not have the SHF_SUNW_ABSENT flag set. The result will be a complete in-memory copy of the section headers with pointers to the data for all sections. Once this information has been acquired, the debugger can proceed as it would in the single file case, to access and control the running program. Note - The ELF definition of ancillary objects provides for a single primary object, and an arbitrary number of ancillary objects. At this time, the Oracle Solaris link-editor only produces a single ancillary object containing all non-allocable sections. This may change in the future. Debuggers and other observability tools should be written to handle the general case of multiple ancillary objects. ELF Implementation Details (From the Solaris Linker and Libraries Guide) To implement ancillary objects, it was necessary to extend the ELF format to add a new object type (ET_SUNW_ANCILLARY), a new section type (SHT_SUNW_ANCILLARY), and 2 new section header flags (SHF_SUNW_ABSENT, SHF_SUNW_PRIMARY). In this section, I will detail these changes, in the form of diffs to the Solaris Linker and Libraries manual. Part IV ELF Application Binary Interface Chapter 13: Object File Format Object File Format Edit Note: This existing section at the beginning of the chapter describes the ELF header. There's a table of object file types, which now includes the new ET_SUNW_ANCILLARY type. e_type Identifies the object file type, as listed in the following table. NameValueMeaning ET_NONE0No file type ET_REL1Relocatable file ET_EXEC2Executable file ET_DYN3Shared object file ET_CORE4Core file ET_LOSUNW0xfefeStart operating system specific range ET_SUNW_ANCILLARY0xfefeAncillary object file ET_HISUNW0xfefdEnd operating system specific range ET_LOPROC0xff00Start processor-specific range ET_HIPROC0xffffEnd processor-specific range Sections Edit Note: This overview section defines the section header structure, and provides a high level description of known sections. It was updated to define the new SHF_SUNW_ABSENT and SHF_SUNW_PRIMARY flags and the new SHT_SUNW_ANCILLARY section. ... sh_type Categorizes the section's contents and semantics. Section types and their descriptions are listed in Table 13-5. sh_flags Sections support 1-bit flags that describe miscellaneous attributes. Flag definitions are listed in Table 13-8. ... Table 13-5 ELF Section Types, sh_type NameValue . . . SHT_LOSUNW0x6fffffee SHT_SUNW_ancillary0x6fffffee . . . ... SHT_LOSUNW - SHT_HISUNW Values in this inclusive range are reserved for Oracle Solaris OS semantics. SHT_SUNW_ANCILLARY Present when a given object is part of a group of ancillary objects. Contains information required to identify all the files that make up the group. See Ancillary Section. ... Table 13-8 ELF Section Attribute Flags NameValue . . . SHF_MASKOS0x0ff00000 SHF_SUNW_NODISCARD0x00100000 SHF_SUNW_ABSENT0x00200000 SHF_SUNW_PRIMARY0x00400000 SHF_MASKPROC0xf0000000 . . . ... SHF_SUNW_ABSENT Indicates that the data for this section is not present in this file. When ancillary objects are created, the primary object and any ancillary objects, will all have the same section header array, to facilitate merging them to form a complete view of the object, and to allow them to use the same symbol tables. Each file contains a subset of the section data. The data for allocable sections is written to the primary object while the data for non-allocable sections is written to an ancillary file. The SHF_SUNW_ABSENT flag is used to indicate that the data for the section is not present in the object being examined. When the SHF_SUNW_ABSENT flag is set, the sh_size field of the section header must be 0. An application encountering an SHF_SUNW_ABSENT section can choose to ignore the section, or to search for the section data within one of the related ancillary files. SHF_SUNW_PRIMARY The default behavior when ancillary objects are created is to write all allocable sections to the primary object and all non-allocable sections to the ancillary objects. The SHF_SUNW_PRIMARY flag overrides this behavior. Any output section containing one more input section with the SHF_SUNW_PRIMARY flag set is written to the primary object without regard for its allocable status. ... Two members in the section header, sh_link, and sh_info, hold special information, depending on section type. Table 13-9 ELF sh_link and sh_info Interpretation sh_typesh_linksh_info . . . SHT_SUNW_ANCILLARY The section header index of the associated string table. 0 . . . Special Sections Edit Note: This section describes the sections used in Solaris ELF objects, using the types defined in the previous description of section types. It was updated to define the new .SUNW_ancillary (SHT_SUNW_ANCILLARY) section. Various sections hold program and control information. Sections in the following table are used by the system and have the indicated types and attributes. Table 13-10 ELF Special Sections NameTypeAttribute . . . .SUNW_ancillarySHT_SUNW_ancillaryNone . . . ... .SUNW_ancillary Present when a given object is part of a group of ancillary objects. Contains information required to identify all the files that make up the group. See Ancillary Section for details. ... Ancillary Section Edit Note: This new section provides the format reference describing the layout of a .SUNW_ancillary section and the meaning of the various tags. Note that these sections use the same tag/value concept used for dynamic and capabilities sections, and will be familiar to anyone used to working with ELF. In addition to the primary output object, the Solaris link-editor can produce one or more ancillary objects. Ancillary objects contain non-allocable sections that would normally be written to the primary object. When ancillary objects are produced, the primary object and all of the associated ancillary objects contain a SHT_SUNW_ancillary section, containing information that identifies these related objects. Given any one object from such a group, the ancillary section provides the information needed to identify and interpret the others. This section contains an array of the following structures. See sys/elf.h. typedef struct { Elf32_Word a_tag; union { Elf32_Word a_val; Elf32_Addr a_ptr; } a_un; } Elf32_Ancillary; typedef struct { Elf64_Xword a_tag; union { Elf64_Xword a_val; Elf64_Addr a_ptr; } a_un; } Elf64_Ancillary; For each object with this type, a_tag controls the interpretation of a_un. a_val These objects represent integer values with various interpretations. a_ptr These objects represent file offsets or addresses. The following ancillary tags exist. Table 13-NEW1 ELF Ancillary Array Tags NameValuea_un ANC_SUNW_NULL0Ignored ANC_SUNW_CHECKSUM1a_val ANC_SUNW_MEMBER2a_ptr ANC_SUNW_NULL Marks the end of the ancillary section. ANC_SUNW_CHECKSUM Provides the checksum for a file in the c_val element. When ANC_SUNW_CHECKSUM precedes the first instance of ANC_SUNW_MEMBER, it provides the checksum for the object from which the ancillary section is being read. When it follows an ANC_SUNW_MEMBER tag, it provides the checksum for that member. ANC_SUNW_MEMBER Specifies an object name. The a_ptr element contains the string table offset of a null-terminated string, that provides the file name. An ancillary section must always contain an ANC_SUNW_CHECKSUM before the first instance of ANC_SUNW_MEMBER, identifying the current object. Following that, there should be an ANC_SUNW_MEMBER for each object that makes up the complete set of objects. Each ANC_SUNW_MEMBER should be followed by an ANC_SUNW_CHECKSUM for that object. A typical ancillary section will therefore be structured as: TagMeaning ANC_SUNW_CHECKSUMChecksum of this object ANC_SUNW_MEMBERName of object #1 ANC_SUNW_CHECKSUMChecksum for object #1 . . . ANC_SUNW_MEMBERName of object N ANC_SUNW_CHECKSUMChecksum for object N ANC_SUNW_NULL An object can therefore identify itself by comparing the initial ANC_SUNW_CHECKSUM to each of the ones that follow, until it finds a match. Related Other Work The GNU developers have also encountered the need/desire to support separate debug information files, and use the solution detailed at http://sourceware.org/gdb/onlinedocs/gdb/Separate-Debug-Files.html. At the current time, the separate debug file is constructed by building the standard object first, and then copying the debug data out of it in a separate post processing step, Hence, it is limited to a total of 4GB of code and debug data, just as a single object file would be. They are aware of this, and I have seen online comments indicating that they may add direct support for generating these separate files to their link-editor. It is worth noting that the GNU objcopy utility is available on Solaris, and that the Studio dbx debugger is able to use these GNU style separate debug files even on Solaris. Although this is interesting in terms giving Linux users a familiar environment on Solaris, the 4GB limit means it is not an answer to the problem of very large 32-bit objects. We have also encountered issues with objcopy not understanding Solaris-specific ELF sections, when using this approach. The GNU community also has a current effort to adapt their DWARF debug sections in order to move them to separate files before passing the relocatable objects to the linker. The details of Project Fission can be found at http://gcc.gnu.org/wiki/DebugFission. The goal of this project appears to be to reduce the amount of data seen by the link-editor. The primary effort revolves around moving DWARF data to separate .dwo files so that the link-editor never encounters them. The details of modifying the DWARF data to be usable in this form are involved — please see the above URL for details.

    Read the article

  • MacBook Pro Late 2009 SATA Resets, Slowness

    - by A Student at a University
    My MacBook Pro runs slower the longer it's on. I am getting kernel warnings. The resets correlate with AC power connects and disconnects. I don't know if the warnings do. (How do I tell?) Are these bus CRC errors? Or something else? Can this damage the drive or corrupt data? What is it seeing that motivates these? 02:37:16 :[ 0.791992] ahci 0000:00:0b.0: PCI INT A -> Link[LSI0] -> GSI 20 (level, low) -> IRQ 20 02:37:16 :[ 0.792053] ahci 0000:00:0b.0: controller can't do PMP, turning off CAP_PMP 02:37:16 :[ 0.792104] ahci 0000:00:0b.0: AHCI 0001.0200 32 slots 6 ports 1.5 Gbps 0x3 impl IDE mode 02:37:16 :[ 0.792107] ahci 0000:00:0b.0: flags: 64bit ncq sntf pm led pio slum part boh 02:37:16 :[ 0.813473] scsi0 : ahci 02:37:16 :[ 0.823340] scsi1 : ahci 02:37:16 :[ 0.848164] ata1: SATA max UDMA/133 abar m8192@0xe7484000 port 0xe7484100 irq 43 02:37:16 :[ 0.848166] ata2: SATA max UDMA/133 abar m8192@0xe7484000 port 0xe7484180 irq 43 02:37:16 :[ 1.190132] ata1: SATA link up 1.5 Gbps (SStatus 113 SControl 300) 02:37:16 :[ 1.190153] ata2: SATA link up 1.5 Gbps (SStatus 113 SControl 300) 02:37:16 :[ 1.213568] ata1.00: ATA-8: OCZ-VERTEX2, 1.23, max UDMA/133 02:37:16 :[ 1.213572] ata1.00: 195371568 sectors, multi 1: LBA48 NCQ (depth 31/32) 02:37:16 :[ 1.227293] ata2.00: ATA-8: ST9500420ASG, 0002SDM1, max UDMA/133 02:37:16 :[ 1.227297] ata2.00: 976773168 sectors, multi 16: LBA48 NCQ (depth 31/32) 02:37:16 :[ 1.229570] ata2.00: configured for UDMA/133 02:37:16 :[ 1.240133] ata2: hard resetting link 02:37:16 :[ 1.260738] ata1.00: configured for UDMA/133 02:37:16 :[ 1.280122] ata1: hard resetting link 02:37:16 :[ 1.470125] usb 2-5: new high speed USB device using ehci_hcd and address 3 02:37:16 :[ 1.550165] firewire_core: created device fw0: GUID 58b035fffea99f5c, S800 02:37:16 :[ 1.631306] Initializing USB Mass Storage driver... 02:37:16 :[ 1.631392] scsi6 : usb-storage 2-5:1.0 02:37:16 :[ 1.631454] usbcore: registered new interface driver usb-storage 02:37:16 :[ 1.631455] USB Mass Storage support registered. 02:37:16 :[ 1.960128] usb 4-1: new full speed USB device using ohci_hcd and address 2 02:37:16 :[ 1.990101] ata2: SATA link up 1.5 Gbps (SStatus 113 SControl 300) 02:37:16 :[ 1.994215] ata2.00: configured for UDMA/133 02:37:16 :[ 1.994220] ata2: EH complete 02:37:16 :[ 2.030097] ata1: SATA link up 1.5 Gbps (SStatus 113 SControl 300) 02:37:16 :[ 2.090773] ata1.00: configured for UDMA/133 02:37:16 :[ 2.090778] ata1: EH complete 02:37:16 :[ 2.090931] scsi 0:0:0:0: Direct-Access ATA OCZ-VERTEX2 1.23 PQ: 0 ANSI: 5 02:37:16 :[ 2.091045] sd 0:0:0:0: Attached scsi generic sg0 type 0 02:37:16 :[ 2.091121] sd 0:0:0:0: [sda] 195371568 512-byte logical blocks: (100 GB/93.1 GiB) 02:37:16 :[ 2.091159] scsi 1:0:0:0: Direct-Access ATA ST9500420ASG 0002 PQ: 0 ANSI: 5 02:37:16 :[ 2.091163] sd 0:0:0:0: [sda] Write Protect is off 02:37:16 :[ 2.091183] sd 0:0:0:0: [sda] Write cache: enabled, read cache: enabled, doesn't support DPO or FUA 02:37:16 :[ 2.091252] sd 1:0:0:0: Attached scsi generic sg1 type 0 02:37:16 :[ 2.091337] sda: 02:37:16 :[ 2.091446] sd 1:0:0:0: [sdb] 976773168 512-byte logical blocks: (500 GB/465 GiB) 02:37:16 :[ 2.091580] sd 1:0:0:0: [sdb] Write Protect is off 02:37:16 :[ 2.091637] sd 1:0:0:0: [sdb] Write cache: enabled, read cache: enabled, doesn't support DPO or FUA 02:37:16 :[ 2.091756] sdb: sda1 sda2 02:37:16 :[ 2.093140] sd 0:0:0:0: [sda] Attached SCSI disk 02:37:16 :[ 2.093505] sdb1 sdb2 sdb3 02:37:16 :[ 2.093773] sd 1:0:0:0: [sdb] Attached SCSI disk 02:37:16 :[ 2.693899] EXT4-fs (dm-0): mounted filesystem with ordered data mode. Opts: (null) 02:37:16 :[ 5.483492] EXT4-fs (dm-0): re-mounted. Opts: errors=remount-ro 02:37:16 :[ 7.905040] EXT4-fs (dm-2): mounted filesystem with ordered data mode. Opts: (null) 02:37:25 :[ 19.553095] EXT4-fs (dm-0): re-mounted. Opts: errors=remount-ro,commit=600 02:37:25 :[ 19.555266] EXT4-fs (dm-2): re-mounted. Opts: commit=600 02:37:25 :[ 19.641533] ata1: hard resetting link 02:37:25 :[ 19.642084] ata2: hard resetting link 02:37:26 :[ 20.392606] ata1: SATA link up 1.5 Gbps (SStatus 113 SControl 300) 02:37:26 :[ 20.392610] ata2: SATA link up 1.5 Gbps (SStatus 113 SControl 300) 02:37:26 :[ 20.396697] ata2.00: configured for UDMA/133 02:37:26 :[ 20.396703] ata2: EH complete 02:37:26 :[ 20.451491] ata1.00: configured for UDMA/133 02:37:26 :[ 20.451498] ata1: EH complete 02:37:30 :[ 24.563725] EXT4-fs (dm-0): re-mounted. Opts: errors=remount-ro,commit=600 02:37:30 :[ 24.565939] EXT4-fs (dm-2): re-mounted. Opts: commit=600 02:37:30 :[ 24.627246] ata1: hard resetting link 02:37:30 :[ 24.632250] ata2: hard resetting link 02:37:31 :[ 25.372582] ata1: SATA link up 1.5 Gbps (SStatus 113 SControl 300) 02:37:31 :[ 25.382615] ata2: SATA link up 1.5 Gbps (SStatus 113 SControl 300) 02:37:31 :[ 25.386782] ata2.00: configured for UDMA/133 02:37:31 :[ 25.386788] ata2: EH complete 02:37:31 :[ 25.431668] ata1.00: configured for UDMA/133 02:37:31 :[ 25.431674] ata1: EH complete 02:45:54 :[ 529.141844] EXT4-fs (dm-0): re-mounted. Opts: errors=remount-ro,commit=0 02:45:55 :[ 529.544529] EXT4-fs (dm-2): re-mounted. Opts: commit=0 02:45:55 :[ 529.622561] ata1: limiting SATA link speed to 1.5 Gbps 02:45:55 :[ 529.622583] ata1: hard resetting link 02:45:55 :[ 529.622609] ata2: limiting SATA link speed to 1.5 Gbps 02:45:55 :[ 529.622624] ata2: hard resetting link 02:45:56 :[ 530.380135] ata2: SATA link up 1.5 Gbps (SStatus 113 SControl 310) 02:45:56 :[ 530.380157] ata1: SATA link up 1.5 Gbps (SStatus 113 SControl 310) 02:45:56 :[ 530.384305] ata2.00: configured for UDMA/133 02:45:56 :[ 530.384314] ata2: EH complete 02:45:56 :[ 530.399225] ata1.00: configured for UDMA/133 02:45:56 :[ 530.399233] ata1: EH complete 02:45:58 :[ 532.395990] EXT4-fs (dm-0): re-mounted. Opts: errors=remount-ro,commit=600 02:45:58 :[ 532.518270] EXT4-fs (dm-2): re-mounted. Opts: commit=600 02:45:58 :[ 532.590983] ata1: hard resetting link 02:45:58 :[ 532.591045] ata2: hard resetting link 02:45:59 :[ 533.340147] ata1: SATA link up 1.5 Gbps (SStatus 113 SControl 310) 02:45:59 :[ 533.340168] ata2: SATA link up 1.5 Gbps (SStatus 113 SControl 310) 02:45:59 :[ 533.344416] ata2.00: configured for UDMA/133 02:45:59 :[ 533.344424] ata2: EH complete 02:45:59 :[ 533.360839] ata1.00: configured for UDMA/133 02:45:59 :[ 533.360847] ata1: EH complete 02:45:59 :[ 533.584449] EXT4-fs (dm-0): re-mounted. Opts: errors=remount-ro,commit=0 02:45:59 :[ 533.586999] EXT4-fs (dm-2): re-mounted. Opts: commit=0 02:45:59 :[ 533.660132] ata2: hard resetting link 02:45:59 :[ 533.660151] ata1: hard resetting link 02:46:00 :[ 534.412536] ata2: SATA link up 1.5 Gbps (SStatus 113 SControl 310) 02:46:00 :[ 534.412562] ata1: SATA link up 1.5 Gbps (SStatus 113 SControl 310) 02:46:00 :[ 534.416768] ata2.00: configured for UDMA/133 02:46:00 :[ 534.416777] ata2: EH complete 02:46:00 :[ 534.431396] ata1.00: configured for UDMA/133 02:46:00 :[ 534.431401] ata1: EH complete 02:46:03 :[ 537.384649] EXT4-fs (dm-0): re-mounted. Opts: errors=remount-ro,commit=600 02:46:03 :[ 537.504214] EXT4-fs (dm-2): re-mounted. Opts: commit=600 02:46:03 :[ 537.586002] ata1: hard resetting link 02:46:03 :[ 537.586036] ata2: hard resetting link 02:46:04 :[ 538.330147] ata1: SATA link up 1.5 Gbps (SStatus 113 SControl 310) 02:46:04 :[ 538.330168] ata2: SATA link up 1.5 Gbps (SStatus 113 SControl 310) 02:46:04 :[ 538.334389] ata2.00: configured for UDMA/133 02:46:04 :[ 538.334398] ata2: EH complete 02:46:04 :[ 538.343511] ata1.00: configured for UDMA/133 02:46:04 :[ 538.343519] ata1: EH complete 02:46:04 :[ 538.456413] EXT4-fs (dm-0): re-mounted. Opts: errors=remount-ro,commit=0 02:46:04 :[ 538.459404] EXT4-fs (dm-2): re-mounted. Opts: commit=0 02:46:04 :[ 538.540138] ata1.00: limiting speed to UDMA/100:PIO4 02:46:04 :[ 538.540159] ata1: hard resetting link 02:46:04 :[ 538.540202] ata2.00: limiting speed to UDMA/100:PIO4 02:46:04 :[ 538.540220] ata2: hard resetting link 02:46:05 :[ 539.290054] ata1: SATA link up 1.5 Gbps (SStatus 113 SControl 310) 02:46:05 :[ 539.290041] ata2: SATA link up 1.5 Gbps (SStatus 113 SControl 310) 02:46:05 :[ 539.294100] ata2.00: configured for UDMA/100 02:46:05 :[ 539.294106] ata2: EH complete 02:46:05 :[ 539.314125] ata1.00: configured for UDMA/100 02:46:05 :[ 539.314132] ------------[ cut here ]------------ 02:46:05 :[ 539.314140] WARNING: at /build/buildd/linux-2.6.35/drivers/ata/libata-eh.c:3638 ata_eh_finish+0xdf/0xf0() 02:46:05 :[ 539.314144] Hardware name: MacBookPro5,3 02:46:05 :[ 539.314146] Modules linked in: michael_mic arc4 xt_multiport binfmt_misc rfcomm sco bnep l2cap parport_pc ppdev nvidia(P) ipt_REJECT xt_recent snd_hda_codec_cirrus xt_limit xt_tcpudp ipt_addrtype xt_state snd_hda_intel snd_hda_codec snd_hwdep snd_pcm snd_seq_midi applesmc led_class ip6table_filter lib80211_crypt_tkip snd_rawmidi snd_seq_midi_event ip6_tables input_polldev hid_apple snd_seq wl(P) snd_timer snd_seq_device snd joydev bcm5974 usbhid mbp_nvidia_bl uvcvideo btusb videodev v4l1_compat v4l2_compat_ioctl32 nf_nat_irc hid nf_conntrack_irc soundcore snd_page_alloc i2c_nforce2 coretemp lib80211 bluetooth nf_nat_ftp nf_nat nf_conntrack_ipv4 nf_defrag_ipv4 nf_conntrack_ftp nf_conntrack lp parport iptable_filter ip_tables x_tables usb_storage firewire_ohci firewire_core forcedeth crc_itu_t ahci libahci 02:46:05 :[ 539.314221] Pid: 202, comm: scsi_eh_0 Tainted: P 2.6.35-25-generic #44-Ubuntu 02:46:05 :[ 539.314224] Call Trace: 02:46:05 :[ 539.314233] [<ffffffff8106091f>] warn_slowpath_common+0x7f/0xc0 02:46:05 :[ 539.314237] [<ffffffff8106097a>] warn_slowpath_null+0x1a/0x20 02:46:05 :[ 539.314242] [<ffffffff813dc77f>] ata_eh_finish+0xdf/0xf0 02:46:05 :[ 539.314246] [<ffffffff813e441e>] sata_pmp_error_handler+0x2e/0x40 02:46:05 :[ 539.314256] [<ffffffffa00021bf>] ahci_error_handler+0x1f/0x90 [libahci] 02:46:05 :[ 539.314261] [<ffffffff813dd6d2>] ata_scsi_error+0x492/0x5e0 02:46:05 :[ 539.314266] [<ffffffff813b24cd>] scsi_error_handler+0x10d/0x190 02:46:05 :[ 539.314270] [<ffffffff813b23c0>] ? scsi_error_handler+0x0/0x190 02:46:05 :[ 539.314275] [<ffffffff8107f266>] kthread+0x96/0xa0 02:46:05 :[ 539.314280] [<ffffffff8100aee4>] kernel_thread_helper+0x4/0x10 02:46:05 :[ 539.314284] [<ffffffff8107f1d0>] ? kthread+0x0/0xa0 02:46:05 :[ 539.314288] [<ffffffff8100aee0>] ? kernel_thread_helper+0x0/0x10 02:46:05 :[ 539.314291] ---[ end trace 76dbffc2d5d49d9b ]--- 02:46:05 :[ 539.314296] ata1: EH complete 02:46:12 :[ 547.040117] ata1: hard resetting link 02:46:13 :[ 547.390144] ata1: SATA link up 1.5 Gbps (SStatus 113 SControl 310) 02:46:13 :[ 547.408430] ata1.00: configured for UDMA/100 02:46:13 :[ 547.408438] ------------[ cut here ]------------ 02:46:13 :[ 547.408447] WARNING: at /build/buildd/linux-2.6.35/drivers/ata/libata-eh.c:3638 ata_eh_finish+0xdf/0xf0() 02:46:13 :[ 547.408451] Hardware name: MacBookPro5,3 02:46:13 :[ 547.408453] Modules linked in: michael_mic arc4 xt_multiport binfmt_misc rfcomm sco bnep l2cap parport_pc ppdev nvidia(P) ipt_REJECT xt_recent snd_hda_codec_cirrus xt_limit xt_tcpudp ipt_addrtype xt_state snd_hda_intel snd_hda_codec snd_hwdep snd_pcm snd_seq_midi applesmc led_class ip6table_filter lib80211_crypt_tkip snd_rawmidi snd_seq_midi_event ip6_tables input_polldev hid_apple snd_seq wl(P) snd_timer snd_seq_device snd joydev bcm5974 usbhid mbp_nvidia_bl uvcvideo btusb videodev v4l1_compat v4l2_compat_ioctl32 nf_nat_irc hid nf_conntrack_irc soundcore snd_page_alloc i2c_nforce2 coretemp lib80211 bluetooth nf_nat_ftp nf_nat nf_conntrack_ipv4 nf_defrag_ipv4 nf_conntrack_ftp nf_conntrack lp parport iptable_filter ip_tables x_tables usb_storage firewire_ohci firewire_core forcedeth crc_itu_t ahci libahci 02:46:13 :[ 547.408528] Pid: 202, comm: scsi_eh_0 Tainted: P W 2.6.35-25-generic #44-Ubuntu 02:46:13 :[ 547.408531] Call Trace: 02:46:13 :[ 547.408540] [<ffffffff8106091f>] warn_slowpath_common+0x7f/0xc0 02:46:13 :[ 547.408544] [<ffffffff8106097a>] warn_slowpath_null+0x1a/0x20 02:46:13 :[ 547.408549] [<ffffffff813dc77f>] ata_eh_finish+0xdf/0xf0 02:46:13 :[ 547.408553] [<ffffffff813e441e>] sata_pmp_error_handler+0x2e/0x40 02:46:13 :[ 547.408563] [<ffffffffa00021bf>] ahci_error_handler+0x1f/0x90 [libahci] 02:46:13 :[ 547.408567] [<ffffffff813dd6d2>] ata_scsi_error+0x492/0x5e0 02:46:13 :[ 547.408572] [<ffffffff813b24cd>] scsi_error_handler+0x10d/0x190 02:46:13 :[ 547.408577] [<ffffffff813b23c0>] ? scsi_error_handler+0x0/0x190 02:46:13 :[ 547.408582] [<ffffffff8107f266>] kthread+0x96/0xa0 02:46:13 :[ 547.408587] [<ffffffff8100aee4>] kernel_thread_helper+0x4/0x10 02:46:13 :[ 547.408591] [<ffffffff8107f1d0>] ? kthread+0x0/0xa0 02:46:13 :[ 547.408595] [<ffffffff8100aee0>] ? kernel_thread_helper+0x0/0x10 02:46:13 :[ 547.408598] ---[ end trace 76dbffc2d5d49d9c ]--- 02:46:13 :[ 547.408620] ata1: EH complete 02:46:13 :[ 547.562470] EXT4-fs (dm-0): re-mounted. Opts: errors=remount-ro,commit=600 02:46:13 :[ 547.671380] EXT4-fs (dm-2): re-mounted. Opts: commit=600 02:46:13 :[ 547.738198] ata1.00: limiting speed to UDMA/33:PIO4 02:46:13 :[ 547.738218] ata1: hard resetting link 02:46:13 :[ 547.738274] ata2: hard resetting link 02:46:14 :[ 548.482561] ata2: SATA link up 1.5 Gbps (SStatus 113 SControl 310) 02:46:14 :[ 548.484083] ata1: SATA link up 1.5 Gbps (SStatus 113 SControl 310) 02:46:14 :[ 548.486809] ata2.00: configured for UDMA/100 02:46:14 :[ 548.486818] ata2: EH complete 02:46:14 :[ 548.498998] ata1.00: configured for UDMA/33 02:46:14 :[ 548.499004] ata1: EH complete 02:46:18 :[ 552.410499] EXT4-fs (dm-0): re-mounted. Opts: errors=remount-ro,commit=600 02:46:18 :[ 552.522521] EXT4-fs (dm-2): re-mounted. Opts: commit=600 02:46:18 :[ 552.529684] ata1: hard resetting link 02:46:18 :[ 552.529723] ata2: hard resetting link 02:46:19 :[ 553.280059] ata1: SATA link up 1.5 Gbps (SStatus 113 SControl 310) 02:46:19 :[ 553.280068] ata2: SATA link up 1.5 Gbps (SStatus 113 SControl 310) 02:46:19 :[ 553.284141] ata2.00: configured for UDMA/100 02:46:19 :[ 553.284150] ata2: EH complete 02:46:19 :[ 553.301629] ata1.00: configured for UDMA/33 02:46:19 :[ 553.301637] ata1: EH complete 02:46:21 :[ 556.078830] EXT4-fs (dm-0): re-mounted. Opts: errors=remount-ro,commit=0 02:46:21 :[ 556.180361] EXT4-fs (dm-2): re-mounted. Opts: commit=0 02:46:22 :[ 556.262612] ata1: hard resetting link 02:46:22 :[ 556.262617] ata2: hard resetting link 02:46:22 :[ 557.010050] ata1: SATA link up 1.5 Gbps (SStatus 113 SControl 310) 02:46:22 :[ 557.010070] ata2: SATA link up 1.5 Gbps (SStatus 113 SControl 310) 02:46:22 :[ 557.014069] ata2.00: configured for UDMA/100 02:46:22 :[ 557.014075] ata2: EH complete 02:46:22 :[ 557.023646] ata1.00: configured for UDMA/33 02:46:22 :[ 557.023654] ata1: EH complete 02:46:30 :[ 565.047438] EXT4-fs (dm-0): re-mounted. Opts: errors=remount-ro,commit=600 02:46:30 :[ 565.051554] EXT4-fs (dm-2): re-mounted. Opts: commit=600 02:46:30 :[ 565.108332] ata1: hard resetting link 02:46:30 :[ 565.108389] ata2.00: limiting speed to UDMA/33:PIO4 02:46:30 :[ 565.108406] ata2: hard resetting link 02:46:31 :[ 565.850048] ata1: SATA link up 1.5 Gbps (SStatus 113 SControl 310) 02:46:31 :[ 565.850068] ata2: SATA link up 1.5 Gbps (SStatus 113 SControl 310) 02:46:31 :[ 565.854304] ata2.00: configured for UDMA/33 02:46:31 :[ 565.854313] ata2: EH complete 02:46:31 :[ 565.868477] ata1.00: configured for UDMA/33 02:46:31 :[ 565.868485] ata1: EH complete 02:46:35 :[ 569.265469] EXT4-fs (dm-0): re-mounted. Opts: errors=remount-ro,commit=0 02:46:35 :[ 569.268139] EXT4-fs (dm-2): re-mounted. Opts: commit=0 02:46:35 :[ 569.340079] ata1: hard resetting link 02:46:35 :[ 569.340113] ata2: hard resetting link 02:46:35 :[ 570.092568] ata2: SATA link up 1.5 Gbps (SStatus 113 SControl 310) 02:46:35 :[ 570.092589] ata1: SATA link up 1.5 Gbps (SStatus 113 SControl 310) 02:46:35 :[ 570.096828] ata2.00: configured for UDMA/33 02:46:35 :[ 570.096837] ata2: EH complete 02:46:35 :[ 570.110727] ata1.00: configured for UDMA/33 02:46:35 :[ 570.110735] ata1: EH complete 02:47:04 :[ 598.528232] EXT4-fs (dm-0): re-mounted. Opts: errors=remount-ro,commit=600 02:47:04 :[ 598.653973] EXT4-fs (dm-2): re-mounted. Opts: commit=600 02:47:04 :[ 598.730854] ata1: hard resetting link 02:47:04 :[ 598.730910] ata2: hard resetting link 02:47:05 :[ 599.480136] ata2: SATA link up 1.5 Gbps (SStatus 113 SControl 310) 02:47:05 :[ 599.480159] ata1: SATA link up 1.5 Gbps (SStatus 113 SControl 310) 02:47:05 :[ 599.484206] ata2.00: configured for UDMA/33 02:47:05 :[ 599.484213] ata2: EH complete 02:47:05 :[ 599.496699] ata1.00: configured for UDMA/33 02:47:05 :[ 599.496707] ata1: EH complete 04:45:59 :[ 7733.756548] EXT4-fs (dm-0): re-mounted. Opts: errors=remount-ro,commit=0 04:45:59 :[ 7733.882748] EXT4-fs (dm-2): re-mounted. Opts: commit=0 04:45:59 :[ 7733.960142] ata1: hard resetting link 04:45:59 :[ 7733.960189] ata2: hard resetting link 04:46:00 :[ 7734.701926] ata1: SATA link up 1.5 Gbps (SStatus 113 SControl 310) 04:46:00 :[ 7734.719939] ata1.00: configured for UDMA/33 04:46:00 :[ 7734.719946] ata1: EH complete 04:46:00 :[ 7734.722547] ata2: SATA link up 1.5 Gbps (SStatus 113 SControl 310) 04:46:00 :[ 7734.726652] ata2.00: configured for UDMA/33 04:46:00 :[ 7734.726659] ata2: EH complete 04:46:02 :[ 7736.656465] ACPI: EC: GPE storm detected, transactions will use polling mode 13:38:49 :[39704.188621] EXT4-fs (dm-0): re-mounted. Opts: errors=remount-ro,commit=600 13:38:49 :[39704.280588] EXT4-fs (dm-2): re-mounted. Opts: commit=600 13:38:49 :[39704.360819] ata1: hard resetting link 13:38:49 :[39704.360882] ata2: hard resetting link 13:38:50 :[39705.112956] ata1: SATA link up 1.5 Gbps (SStatus 113 SControl 310) 13:38:50 :[39705.114435] ata2: SATA link up 1.5 Gbps (SStatus 113 SControl 310) 13:38:50 :[39705.118673] ata2.00: configured for UDMA/33 13:38:50 :[39705.118682] ata2: EH complete 13:38:50 :[39705.127076] ata1.00: configured for UDMA/33 13:38:50 :[39705.127084] ata1: EH complete 13:39:49 :[39764.142463] applesmc: F1Mn: write arg fail 13:48:11 :[40267.025145] applesmc: FS! : read arg fail 13:52:53 :[40548.596735] applesmc: FS! : read arg fail 13:53:58 :[40613.972856] applesmc: FS! : read arg fail 13:54:08 :[40624.057339] applesmc: FS! : read arg fail 13:58:20 :[40875.397749] applesmc: TC0D: read data fail 14:16:56 :[41991.722054] applesmc: Th2H: read data fail 14:22:32 :[42327.991522] applesmc: light sensor data length set to 10 14:26:19 :[42554.788886] applesmc: F1Mn: write arg fail 14:32:36 :[42931.860443] applesmc: TC0F: read data fail 14:34:32 :[43048.041469] EXT4-fs (dm-0): re-mounted. Opts: errors=remount-ro,commit=0 14:34:33 :[43048.185850] EXT4-fs (dm-2): re-mounted. Opts: commit=0 14:34:33 :[43048.270184] ata1: hard resetting link 14:34:33 :[43048.270224] ata2: hard resetting link 14:34:33 :[43049.030049] ata2: SATA link up 1.5 Gbps (SStatus 113 SControl 310) 14:34:33 :[43049.030065] ata1: SATA link up 1.5 Gbps (SStatus 113 SControl 310) 14:34:33 :[43049.034106] ata2.00: configured for UDMA/33 14:34:33 :[43049.034112] ata2: EH complete 14:34:33 :[43049.056952] ata1.00: configured for UDMA/33 14:34:33 :[43049.056959] ------------[ cut here ]------------ 14:34:33 :[43049.056968] WARNING: at /build/buildd/linux-2.6.35/drivers/ata/libata-eh.c:3638 ata_eh_finish+0xdf/0xf0() 14:34:33 :[43049.056971] Hardware name: MacBookPro5,3 14:34:33 :[43049.056973] Modules linked in: michael_mic arc4 xt_multiport binfmt_misc rfcomm sco bnep l2cap parport_pc ppdev nvidia(P) ipt_REJECT xt_recent snd_hda_codec_cirrus xt_limit xt_tcpudp ipt_addrtype xt_state snd_hda_intel snd_hda_codec snd_hwdep snd_pcm snd_seq_midi applesmc led_class ip6table_filter lib80211_crypt_tkip snd_rawmidi snd_seq_midi_event ip6_tables input_polldev hid_apple snd_seq wl(P) snd_timer snd_seq_device snd joydev bcm5974 usbhid mbp_nvidia_bl uvcvideo btusb videodev v4l1_compat v4l2_compat_ioctl32 nf_nat_irc hid nf_conntrack_irc soundcore snd_page_alloc i2c_nforce2 coretemp lib80211 bluetooth nf_nat_ftp nf_nat nf_conntrack_ipv4 nf_defrag_ipv4 nf_conntrack_ftp nf_conntrack lp parport iptable_filter ip_tables x_tables usb_storage firewire_ohci firewire_core forcedeth crc_itu_t ahci libahci 14:34:33 :[43049.057048] Pid: 202, comm: scsi_eh_0 Tainted: P W 2.6.35-25-generic #44-Ubuntu 14:34:33 :[43049.057052] Call Trace: 14:34:33 :[43049.057060] [<ffffffff8106091f>] warn_slowpath_common+0x7f/0xc0 14:34:33 :[43049.057064] [<ffffffff8106097a>] warn_slowpath_null+0x1a/0x20 14:34:33 :[43049.057069] [<ffffffff813dc77f>] ata_eh_finish+0xdf/0xf0 14:34:33 :[43049.057074] [<ffffffff813e441e>] sata_pmp_error_handler+0x2e/0x40 14:34:33 :[43049.057083] [<ffffffffa00021bf>] ahci_error_handler+0x1f/0x90 [libahci] 14:34:33 :[43049.057088] [<ffffffff813dd6d2>] ata_scsi_error+0x492/0x5e0 14:34:33 :[43049.057093] [<ffffffff813b24cd>] scsi_error_handler+0x10d/0x190 14:34:33 :[43049.057097] [<ffffffff813b23c0>] ? scsi_error_handler+0x0/0x190 14:34:33 :[43049.057102] [<ffffffff8107f266>] kthread+0x96/0xa0 14:34:33 :[43049.057107] [<ffffffff8100aee4>] kernel_thread_helper+0x4/0x10 14:34:33 :[43049.057111] [<ffffffff8107f1d0>] ? kthread+0x0/0xa0 14:34:33 :[43049.057115] [<ffffffff8100aee0>] ? kernel_thread_helper+0x0/0x10 14:34:33 :[43049.057118] ---[ end trace 76dbffc2d5d49d9d ]--- 14:34:33 :[43049.057123] ata1: EH complete 14:34:41 :[43057.012698] ata1: hard resetting link 14:34:42 :[43057.362780] ata1: SATA link up 1.5 Gbps (SStatus 113 SControl 310) 14:34:42 :[43057.381432] ata1.00: configured for UDMA/33 14:34:42 :[43057.381441] ------------[ cut here ]------------ 14:34:42 :[43057.381450] WARNING: at /build/buildd/linux-2.6.35/drivers/ata/libata-eh.c:3638 ata_eh_finish+0xdf/0xf0() 14:34:42 :[43057.381453] Hardware name: MacBookPro5,3 14:34:42 :[43057.381455] Modules linked in: michael_mic arc4 xt_multiport binfmt_misc rfcomm sco bnep l2cap parport_pc ppdev nvidia(P) ipt_REJECT xt_recent snd_hda_codec_cirrus xt_limit xt_tcpudp ipt_addrtype xt_state snd_hda_intel snd_hda_codec snd_hwdep snd_pcm snd_seq_midi applesmc led_class ip6table_filter lib80211_crypt_tkip snd_rawmidi snd_seq_midi_event ip6_tables input_polldev hid_apple snd_seq wl(P) snd_timer snd_seq_device snd joydev bcm5974 usbhid mbp_nvidia_bl uvcvideo btusb videodev v4l1_compat v4l2_compat_ioctl32 nf_nat_irc hid nf_conntrack_irc soundcore snd_page_alloc i2c_nforce2 coretemp lib80211 bluetooth nf_nat_ftp nf_nat nf_conntrack_ipv4 nf_defrag_ipv4 nf_conntrack_ftp nf_conntrack lp parport iptable_filter ip_tables x_tables usb_storage firewire_ohci firewire_core forcedeth crc_itu_t ahci libahci 14:34:42 :[43057.381530] Pid: 202, comm: scsi_eh_0 Tainted: P W 2.6.35-25-generic #44-Ubuntu 14:34:42 :[43057.381533] Call Trace: 14:34:42 :[43057.381542] [<ffffffff8106091f>] warn_slowpath_common+0x7f/0xc0 14:34:42 :[43057.381546] [<ffffffff8106097a>] warn_slowpath_null+0x1a/0x20 14:34:42 :[43057.381551] [<ffffffff813dc77f>] ata_eh_finish+0xdf/0xf0 14:34:42 :[43057.381556] [<ffffffff813e441e>] sata_pmp_error_handler+0x2e/0x40 14:34:42 :[43057.381565] [<ffffffffa00021bf>] ahci_error_handler+0x1f/0x90 [libahci] 14:34:42 :[43057.381569] [<ffffffff813dd6d2>] ata_scsi_error+0x492/0x5e0 14:34:42 :[43057.381575] [<ffffffff813b24cd>] scsi_error_handler+0x10d/0x190 14:34:42 :[43057.381579] [<ffffffff813b23c0>] ? scsi_error_handler+0x0/0x190 14:34:42 :[43057.381584] [<ffffffff8107f266>] kthread+0x96/0xa0 14:34:42 :[43057.381589] [<ffffffff8100aee4>] kernel_thread_helper+0x4/0x10 14:34:42 :[43057.381594] [<ffffffff8107f1d0>] ? kthread+0x0/0xa0 14:34:42 :[43057.381598] [<ffffffff8100aee0>] ? kernel_thread_helper+0x0/0x10 14:34:42 :[43057.381601] ---[ end trace 76dbffc2d5d49d9e ]--- 14:34:42 :[43057.381624] ata1: EH complete 14:34:42 :[43057.557887] EXT4-fs (dm-0): re-mounted. Opts: errors=remount-ro,commit=600 14:34:42 :[43057.560517] EXT4-fs (dm-2): re-mounted. Opts: commit=600 14:34:42 :[43057.621194] ata1: hard resetting link 14:34:42 :[43057.621252] ata2: hard resetting link 14:34:43 :[43058.370141] ata2: SATA link up 1.5 Gbps (SStatus 113 SControl 310) 14:34:43 :[43058.370162] ata1: SATA link up 1.5 Gbps (SStatus 113 SControl 310) 14:34:43 :[43058.374407] ata2.00: configured for UDMA/33 14:34:43 :[43058.374415] ata2: EH complete 14:34:43 :[43058.381989] ata1.00: configured for UDMA/33 14:34:43 :[43058.381996] ata1: EH complete 14:34:43 :[43058.616228] EXT4-fs (dm-0): re-mounted. Opts: errors=remount-ro,commit=600 14:34:43 :[43058.618931] EXT4-fs (dm-2): re-mounted. Opts: commit=600 14:34:43 :[43058.626687] ata1: hard resetting link 14:34:43 :[43058.626731] ata2: hard resetting link 14:34:44 :[43059.372908] ata2: SATA link up 1.5 Gbps (SStatus 113 SControl 310) 14:34:44 :[43059.372932] ata1: SATA link up 1.5 Gbps (SStatus 113 SControl 310) 14:34:44 :[43059.376997] ata2.00: configured for UDMA/33 14:34:44 :[43059.377003] ata2: EH complete 14:34:44 :[43059.392576] ata1.00: configured for UDMA/33 14:34:44 :[43059.392585] ata1: EH complete 15:48:19 :[47474.710860] ata1: hard resetting link 15:48:19 :[47474.710882] ata2: hard resetting link 15:48:20 :[47475.460144] ata2: SATA link up 1.5 Gbps (SStatus 113 SControl 310) 15:48:20 :[47475.460169] ata1: SATA link up 1.5 Gbps (SStatus 113 SControl 310) 15:48:20 :[47475.473709] ata1.00: configured for UDMA/33 15:48:20 :[47475.473717] ata1: EH complete 15:48:20 :[47475.727960] ata2.00: configured for UDMA/33 15:48:20 :[47475.727969] ata2: EH complete 16:29:39 :[49954.295017] EXT4-fs (dm-0): re-mounted. Opts: errors=remount-ro,commit=0 16:29:39 :[49954.622307] EXT4-fs (dm-2): re-mounted. Opts: commit=0 16:29:39 :[49954.710139] ata1: hard resetting link 16:29:39 :[49954.710174] ata2: hard resetting link 16:29:40 :[49955.460046] ata1: SATA link up 1.5 Gbps (SStatus 113 SControl 310) 16:29:40 :[49955.460062] ata2: SATA link up 1.5 Gbps (SStatus 113 SControl 310) 16:29:40 :[49955.464138] ata2.00: configured for UDMA/33 16:29:40 :[49955.464144] ata2: EH complete 16:29:40 :[49955.473251] ata1.00: configured for UDMA/33 16:29:40 :[49955.473258] ata1: EH complete

    Read the article

  • CodePlex Daily Summary for Tuesday, May 25, 2010

    CodePlex Daily Summary for Tuesday, May 25, 2010New ProjectsBibleNames: BibleNames BibleNames BibleNames BibleNames BibleNamesBing Search for PHP Developers: This is the Bing SDK for PHP, a toolkit that allows you to easily use Bing's API to fetch search results and use in your own application. The Bin...Fading Clock: Fading Clock is a normal clock that has the ability to fade in out. It's developed in C# as a Windows App in .net 2.0.Fuzzy string matching algorithm in C# and LINQ: Fuzzy matching strings. Find out how similar two string is, and find the best fuzzy matching string from a string table. Given a string (strA) and...HexTile editor: Testing hexagonal tile editorhgcheck12: hgcheck12Metaverse Router: Metaverse Router makes it easier for MIIS, ILM, FIM Sync engine administrators to manage multiple provisioning modules, turn on/off provisioning wi...MyVocabulary: Use MyVocabulary to structure and test the words you want to learn in a foreign language. This is a .net 3.5 windows forms application developed in...phpxw: Phpxw 是一个简易的PHP框架。以我自己的姓名命名的。 Phpxw is a simple PHP framework. Take my name named.Plop: Social networking wrappers and projects.PST Data Structure View Tool: PST Data Structure View Tool (PSTViewTool) is a tool supporting the PST file format documentation effort. It allows the user to browse the internal...PST File Format SDK: PST File Format SDK (pstsdk) is a cross platform header only C++ library for reading PST files.QWine: QWine is Queue Machine ApplicationSharePoint Cross Site Collection Security Trimmed Navigation: This SP2010 project will show security trimmed navigation that works across site collections. The project is written for SP2010, but can be easily ...SharePoint List Field Manager: The SharePoint List Field Manager allows users to manage the Boolean properties of a list such as Read Only, Hidden, Show in New Form etc... It sup...Silverlight Toolbar for DataGrid working with RIA Services or local data: DataGridToolbar contains two controls for Silverlight DataGrid designed for RIA Services and local data. It can be used to filter or remove a data,...SilverShader - Silverlight Pixel Shader Demos: SilverShader is an extensible Silverlight application that is used to demonstrate the effect of different pixel shaders. The shaders can be applied...SNCFT Gadget: Ce gadget permet de consulter les horaires des trains et de chercher des informations sur le site de la société nationale des chemins de fer tunisi...Software Transaction Memory: Software Transaction Memory for .NETStreamInsight Samples: This project contains sample code for StreamInsight, Microsoft's platform for complex event processing. The purpose of the samples is to provide a ...StyleAnalizer: A CSS parserSudoku (Multiplayer in RnD): Sudoku project was to practice on C# by making a desktop application using some algorithm Before this, I had worked on http://shaktisaran.tech.o...Tiplican: A small website built for the purpose of learning .Net 4 and MVC 2TPager: Mercurial pager with color support on Windowsunirca: UNIRCA projectWcfTrace: The WcfTrace is a easy way to collect information about WCF-service call order, processing time and etc. It's developed in C#.New ReleasesASP.NET TimePicker Control: 12 24 Hour Bug Fix: 12 24 Hour Bug FixASP.NET TimePicker Control: ASP.NET TimePicker Control: This release fixes a focus bug that manifests itself when switching focus between two different timepicker controls on the same page, and make chan...ASP.NET TimePicker Control: ASP.NET TimePicker Control - colon CSS Fix: Fixes ":" seperator placement issues being too hi and too low in IE and FireFox, respectively.ASP.NET TimePicker Control: Release fixes 24 Hour Mode Bug: Release fixes 24 Hour Mode BugBFBC2 PRoCon: PRoCon 0.5.1.1: Visit http://phogue.net/?p=604 for release notes.BFBC2 PRoCon: PRoCon 0.5.1.2: Release notes can be found at http://phogue.net/?p=604BFBC2 PRoCon: PRoCon 0.5.1.4: Ha.. choosing the "stable" option at the moment is a bit of a joke =\ Release notes at http://phogue.net/?p=604BFBC2 PRoCon: PRoCon 0.5.1.5: BWHAHAHA stable.. ha. Actually this ones looking pretty good now. http://phogue.net/?p=604Bojinx: Bojinx Core V4.5.14: Issues fixed in this release: Fixed an issue that caused referencePropertyName when used through a property configuration in the context to not wo...Bojinx: Bojinx Debugger V0.9B: Output trace and filtering that works with the Bojinx logger.CassiniDev - Cassini 3.5/4.0 Developers Edition: CassiniDev 3.5.1.5 and 4.0.1.5 beta3: Fixed fairly serious bug #13290 http://cassinidev.codeplex.com/WorkItem/View.aspx?WorkItemId=13290Content Rendering: Content Rendering API 1.0.0 Revision 46406: Initial releaseDeploy Workflow Manager: Deploy Workflow Manager Web Part v2: Recommend you test in your development environment first BEFORE using in production.dotSpatial: System.Spatial.Projections Zip May 24, 2010: Adds a new spherical projection.eComic: eComic 2010.0.0.2: Quick release to fix a couple of bugs found in the previous version. Version 2010.0.0.2 Fixed crash error when accessing the "Go To Page" dialog ...Exchange 2010 RBAC Editor (RBAC GUI) - updated on 5/24/2010: RBAC Editor 0.9.4.1: Some bugs fixed; support for unscopoedtoplevel (adding script is not working yet) Please use email address in About menu of the tool for any feedb...Facebook Graph Toolkit: Preview 1 Binaries: The first preview release of the toolkit. Not recommended for use in production, but enought to get started developing your app.Fading Clock: Clock.zip: Clock.zip is a zip file that contains the application Clock.exe.hgcheck12: Rel8082: Rel8082hgcheck12: scsc: scasMetaverse Router: Metaverse Router v1.0: Initial stable release (v.1.0.0.0) of Metaverse Router Working with: FIM 2010 Synchronization Engine ILM 2007 MIIS 2003MSTestGlider: MSTestGlider 1.5: What MSTestGlider 1.5.zip unzips to: http://i49.tinypic.com/2lcv4eg.png If you compile MSTestGlider from its source you will need to change the ou...MyVocabulary: Version 1.0: First releaseNLog - Advanced .NET Logging: Nightly Build 2010.05.24.001: Changes since the last build:2010-05-23 20:45:37 Jarek Kowalski fixed whitespace in NLog.wxs 2010-05-23 12:01:48 Jarek Kowalski BufferingTargetWra...NoteExpress User Tools (NEUT) - Do it by ourselves!: NoteExpress User Tools 2.0.0: 测试版本:NoteExpress 2.5.0.1154 +调整了Tab页的排列方式 注:2.0未做大的改动,仅仅是运行环境由原来的.net 3.5升级到4.0。openrs: Beta Release (Revision 1): This is the beta release of the openrs framework. Please make sure you submit issues in the issue tracker tab. As this is beta, extreme, flawless ...openrs: Revision 2: Revision 2 of the framework. Basic worker example as well as minor improvements on the auth packet.phpxw: Phpxw: Phpxw 1.0 phpxw 是一个简易的PHP框架。以我自己的姓名命名的。 Phpxw is a simple PHP framework. Take my name named. 支持基本的业务逻辑流程,功能模块化,实现了简易的模板技术,同时也可以支持外接模板引擎。 Support...sELedit: sELedit v1.1a: Fixed: clean file before overwriting Fixed: list57 will only created when eLC.Lists.length > 57sGSHOPedit: sGSHOPedit v1.0a: Fixed: bug with wrong item array re-size when adding items after deleting items Added: link to project page pwdatabase.com version is now selec...SharePoint Cross Site Collection Security Trimmed Navigation: Release 1.0.0.0: If you want just the .wsp, and start using this, you can grab it here. Just stsadm add/deploy to your website, and activate the feature as describ...Silverlight 4.0 Popup Menu: Context Menu for Silverlight 4.0 v1.24 Beta: - Updated the demo and added clipboard cut/copy and paste functionality. - Added delay on hover events for both parent and child menus. - Parent me...Silverlight Toolbar for DataGrid working with RIA Services or local data: DataGridToolBar Beta: For Silverlight 4.0sMAPtool: sMAPtool v0.7d (without Maps): Added: link to project pagesMODfix: sMODfix v1.0a: Added: Support for ECM v52 modelssNPCedit: sNPCedit v0.9a: browse source commits for all changes...SocialScapes: SocialScapes TwitterWidget 1.0.0: The SocialScapes TwitterWidget is a DotNetNuke Widget for displaying Twitter searches. This widget will be used to replace the twitter functionali...SQL Server 2005 and 2008 - Backup, Integrity Check and Index Optimization: 23 May 2010: This is the latest version of my solution for Backup, Integrity Check and Index Optimization in SQL Server 2005, SQL Server 2008 and SQL Server 200...sqwarea: Sqwarea 0.0.280.0 (alpha): This release brings a lot of improvements. We strongly recommend you to upgrade to this version.sTASKedit: sTASKedit v0.7c: Minor Changes in GUI & BehaviourSudoku (Multiplayer in RnD): Sudoku (Multiplayer in RnD) 1.0.0.0 source: Sudoku project was to practice on C# by making a desktop application using some algorithm Idea: The basic idea of algorithm is from http://www.ac...Sudoku (Multiplayer in RnD): Sudoku (Multiplayer in RnD) 1.0.0.1 source: Worked on user-interface, would improve it Sudoku project was to practice on C# by making a desktop application using some algorithm Idea: The b...TFS WorkItem Watcher: TFS WorkItem Watcher Version 1.0: This version contains the following new features: Added support to autodetect whether to start as a service or to start in console mode. The "-c" ...TfsPolicyPack: TfsPolicyPack 0.1: This is the first release of the TfsPolicyPack. This release includes the following policies: CustomRegexPathPolicythinktecture Starter STS (Community Edition): StarterSTS v1.1 CTP: Added ActAs / identity delegation support.TPager: TPager-20100524: TPager 2010-05-24 releaseTrance Layer: TranceLayer Transformer: Transformer is a Beta version 2, morphing from "Digger" to "Transformer" release cycle. It is intended to be used as a demonstration of muscles wh...TweetSharp: TweetSharp v1.0.0.0: Changes in v1.0.0Added 100% public code comments Bug fixes based on feedback from the Release Candidate Changes to handle Twitter schema additi...VCC: Latest build, v2.1.30524.0: Automatic drop of latest buildWCF Client Generator: Version 0.9.2.33468: Version 0.9.2.33468 Fixed: Nested enum types names are not handled correctly. Can't close Visual Studio if generated files are open when the code...Word 2007 Redaction Tool: Version 1.2: A minor update to the Word 2007 Redaction Tool. This version can be installed directly over any existing version. Updates to Version 1.2Fixed bugs:...xPollinate - Windows Live Writer Cross Post Plugin: 1.0.0.5 for WLW 14.0.8117.416: This version works with WLW 14.0.8117.416. This release includes a fix to enable publishing posts that have been opened directly from a blog, but ...Yet another developer blog - Examples: jQuery Autocomplete in ASP.NET MVC: This sample application shows how to use jQuery Autocomplete plugin in ASP.NET MVC. This application is accompanied by the following entry on Yet a...Most Popular ProjectsRawrWBFS ManagerAJAX Control ToolkitMicrosoft SQL Server Product Samples: DatabaseSilverlight ToolkitWindows Presentation Foundation (WPF)patterns & practices – Enterprise LibraryMicrosoft SQL Server Community & SamplesPHPExcelASP.NETMost Active Projectspatterns & practices – Enterprise LibraryRawrpatterns & practices: Windows Azure Security GuidanceSqlServerExtensionsGMap.NET - Great Maps for Windows Forms & PresentationMono.AddinsCaliburn: An Application Framework for WPF and SilverlightBlogEngine.NETIonics Isapi Rewrite FilterSQL Server PowerShell Extensions

    Read the article

  • Upload Certificate and Key to RUEI in order to decrypt SSL traffic

    - by stefan.thieme(at)oracle.com
    So you want to monitor encrypted traffic with your RUEI collector ?Actually this is an easy thing if you follow the lines below...I will start out with creating a pair of snakeoil (so called self-signed) certificate and key with the make-ssl-cert tool which comes pre-packaged with apache only for the purpose of this example.$ sudo make-ssl-cert generate-default-snakeoil$ sudo ls -l /etc/ssl/certs/ssl-cert-snakeoil.pem /etc/ssl/private/ssl-cert-snakeoil.key-rw-r--r-- 1 root root     615 2010-06-07 10:03 /etc/ssl/certs/ssl-cert-snakeoil.pem-rw-r----- 1 root ssl-cert 891 2010-06-07 10:03 /etc/ssl/private/ssl-cert-snakeoil.keyRUEI Configuration of Security SSL Keys You will most likely get these two files from your Certificate Authority (CA) and/or your system administrators should be able to extract this from your WebServer or LoadBalancer handling SSL encryption for your infrastructure.Now let's look at the content of these two files, the certificate (apache assumes this is in PEM format) is called a public key and the private key is used by the apache server to encrypt traffic for a client using the certificate to initiate the SSL connection with the server.In case you already know that these two match, you simply have to paste them in one text file and upload this text file to your RUEI instance.$ sudo cat /etc/ssl/certs/ssl-cert-snakeoil.pem /etc/ssl/private/ssl-cert-snakeoil.key > /tmp/ruei.cert_and_key$ sudo cat /tmp/ruei.cert_and_key -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE----- MIIBmTCCAQICCQD7O3XXwVilWzANBgkqhkiG9w0BAQUFADARMQ8wDQYDVQQDEwZ1 YnVudHUwHhcNMTAwNjA3MDgwMzUzWhcNMjAwNjA0MDgwMzUzWjARMQ8wDQYDVQQD EwZ1YnVudHUwgZ8wDQYJKoZIhvcNAQEBBQADgY0AMIGJAoGBALbs+JnI+p+K7Iqa SQZdnYBxOpdRH0/9jt1QKvmH68v81h9+f1Z2rVR7Zrd/l+ruE3H9VvuzxMlKuMH7 qBX/gmjDZTlj9WJM+zc0tSk+e2udy9he20lGzTxv0vaykJkuKcvSWNk4WE9NuAdg IHZvjKgoTSVmvM1ApMCg69nyOy97AgMBAAEwDQYJKoZIhvcNAQEFBQADgYEAk2rv VEkxR1qPSpJiudDuGUHtWKBKWiWbmSwI3REZT+0vG+YDG5a55NdxgRk3zhQntqF7 gNYjKxblBByBpY7W0ci00kf7kFgvXWMeU96NSQJdnid/YxzQYn0dGL2rSh1dwdPN NPQlNSfnEQ1yxFevR7aRdCqTbTXU3mxi8YaSscE= -----END CERTIFICATE----- -----BEGIN RSA PRIVATE KEY----- MIICXgIBAAKBgQC27PiZyPqfiuyKmkkGXZ2AcTqXUR9P/Y7dUCr5h+vL/NYffn9W dq1Ue2a3f5fq7hNx/Vb7s8TJSrjB+6gV/4Jow2U5Y/ViTPs3NLUpPntrncvYXttJ Rs08b9L2spCZLinL0ljZOFhPTbgHYCB2b4yoKE0lZrzNQKTAoOvZ8jsvewIDAQAB AoGBAJ7LCWeeUwnKNFqBYmD3RTFpmX4furnal3lBDX0945BZtJr0WZ/6N679zIYA aiVTdGfgjvDC9lHy3n3uctRd0Jqdh2QoSSxNBhq5elIApNIIYzu7w/XI/VhGcDlA b6uadURQEC2q+M8YYjw3mwR2omhCWlHIViOHe/9T8jfP/8pxAkEA7k39WRcQildH DFKcj7gurqlkElHysacMTFWf0ZDTEUS6bdkmNXwK6mH63BlmGLrYAP5AMgKgeDf8 D+WRfv8YKQJBAMSCQ7UGDN3ysyfIIrdc1RBEAk4BOrKHKtD5Ux0z5lcQkaCYrK8J DuSldreN2yOhS99/S4CRWmGkTj04wRSnjwMCQQCaR5mW3QzTU4/m1XEQxsBKSdZE 2hMSmsCmhuSyK13Kl0FPLr/C7qyuc4KSjksABa8kbXaoKfUz/6LLs+ePXZ2JAkAv +mIPk5+WnQgS4XFgdYDrzL8HTpOHPSs+BHG/goltnnT/0ebvgXWqa5+1pyPm6h29 PrYveM2pY1Va6z1xDowDAkEAttfzAwAHz+FUhWQCmOBpvBuW/KhYWKZTMpvxFMSY YD5PH6NNyLfBx0J4nGPN5n/f6il0s9pzt3ko++/eUtWSnQ== -----END RSA PRIVATE KEY----- Simply click on the add new key and browse for the cert_and_key file on your desktop which you concatenated earlier using any text editor. You may need to add a passphrase in order to decrypt the RSA key in some cases (it should tell you BEGIN ENCRYPTED PRIVATE KEY in the header line). I will show you the success screen after uploading the certificate to RUEI. You may want to restart your collector once you have uploaded all the certificate/key pairs you want to use in order to make sure they get picked up asap.You should be able to see the number of SSL Connections rising in the Collector statistics screen below. The figures for decrypt errors should slowly go down and the usage figures for your encryption algortihm on the subsequent SSL Encryption screen should go up. You should be 100% sure everything works fine by now, otherwise see below to distinguish the remaining 1% from your 99% certainty.Verify Certificate and Key are matchingYou can compare the modulus of private key and public certificate and they should match in order for the key to fit the lock. You only want to make sure they both fit each other.We are actually interested only in the following details of the two files, which can be determined by using the -subject, -dates and -modulus command line switches instead of the complete -text output of the x509 certificate/rsa key contents.$ sudo openssl x509 -noout -subject -in /etc/ssl/certs/ssl-cert-snakeoil.pemsubject= /CN=ubuntu$ sudo openssl x509 -noout -dates -in /etc/ssl/certs/ssl-cert-snakeoil.pemnotBefore=Jun  7 08:03:53 2010 GMTnotAfter=Jun  4 08:03:53 2020 GMT$ sudo openssl x509 -noout -modulus -in /etc/ssl/certs/ssl-cert-snakeoil.pem Modulus=B6ECF899C8FA9F8AEC8A9A49065D9D80713A97511F4FFD8EDD502AF987EBCBFCD61F7E7F5676AD547B66B77F97EAEE1371FD56FBB3C4C94AB8C1FBA815FF8268C3653963F5624CFB3734B5293E7B6B9DCBD85EDB4946CD3C6FD2F6B290992E29CBD258D938584F4DB8076020766F8CA8284D2566BCCD40A4C0A0EBD9F23B2F7B $ sudo openssl rsa -noout -modulus -in /etc/ssl/private/ssl-cert-snakeoil.keyModulus=B6ECF899C8FA9F8AEC8A9A49065D9D80713A97511F4FFD8EDD502AF987EBCBFCD61F7E7F5676AD547B66B77F97EAEE1371FD56FBB3C4C94AB8C1FBA815FF8268C3653963F5624CFB3734B5293E7B6B9DCBD85EDB4946CD3C6FD2F6B290992E29CBD258D938584F4DB8076020766F8CA8284D2566BCCD40A4C0A0EBD9F23B2F7BAs you can see the modulus matches exactly and we have the proof that the certificate has been created using the private key. OpenSSL Certificate and Key DetailsAs I already told you, you do not need all the greedy details, but in case you want to know it in depth what is actually in those hex-blocks can be made visible with the following commands which show you the actual content in a human readable format.Note: You may not want to post all the details of your private key =^) I told you I have been using a self-signed certificate only for showing you these details.$ sudo openssl rsa -noout -text -in /etc/ssl/private/ssl-cert-snakeoil.keyPrivate-Key: (1024 bit)modulus:    00:b6:ec:f8:99:c8:fa:9f:8a:ec:8a:9a:49:06:5d:    9d:80:71:3a:97:51:1f:4f:fd:8e:dd:50:2a:f9:87:    eb:cb:fc:d6:1f:7e:7f:56:76:ad:54:7b:66:b7:7f:    97:ea:ee:13:71:fd:56:fb:b3:c4:c9:4a:b8:c1:fb:    a8:15:ff:82:68:c3:65:39:63:f5:62:4c:fb:37:34:    b5:29:3e:7b:6b:9d:cb:d8:5e:db:49:46:cd:3c:6f:    d2:f6:b2:90:99:2e:29:cb:d2:58:d9:38:58:4f:4d:    b8:07:60:20:76:6f:8c:a8:28:4d:25:66:bc:cd:40:    a4:c0:a0:eb:d9:f2:3b:2f:7bpublicExponent: 65537 (0x10001)privateExponent:    00:9e:cb:09:67:9e:53:09:ca:34:5a:81:62:60:f7:    45:31:69:99:7e:1f:ba:b9:da:97:79:41:0d:7d:3d:    e3:90:59:b4:9a:f4:59:9f:fa:37:ae:fd:cc:86:00:    6a:25:53:74:67:e0:8e:f0:c2:f6:51:f2:de:7d:ee:    72:d4:5d:d0:9a:9d:87:64:28:49:2c:4d:06:1a:b9:    7a:52:00:a4:d2:08:63:3b:bb:c3:f5:c8:fd:58:46:    70:39:40:6f:ab:9a:75:44:50:10:2d:aa:f8:cf:18:    62:3c:37:9b:04:76:a2:68:42:5a:51:c8:56:23:87:    7b:ff:53:f2:37:cf:ff:ca:71prime1:    00:ee:4d:fd:59:17:10:8a:57:47:0c:52:9c:8f:b8:    2e:ae:a9:64:12:51:f2:b1:a7:0c:4c:55:9f:d1:90:    d3:11:44:ba:6d:d9:26:35:7c:0a:ea:61:fa:dc:19:    66:18:ba:d8:00:fe:40:32:02:a0:78:37:fc:0f:e5:    91:7e:ff:18:29prime2:    00:c4:82:43:b5:06:0c:dd:f2:b3:27:c8:22:b7:5c:    d5:10:44:02:4e:01:3a:b2:87:2a:d0:f9:53:1d:33:    e6:57:10:91:a0:98:ac:af:09:0e:e4:a5:76:b7:8d:    db:23:a1:4b:df:7f:4b:80:91:5a:61:a4:4e:3d:38:    c1:14:a7:8f:03exponent1:    00:9a:47:99:96:dd:0c:d3:53:8f:e6:d5:71:10:c6:    c0:4a:49:d6:44:da:13:12:9a:c0:a6:86:e4:b2:2b:    5d:ca:97:41:4f:2e:bf:c2:ee:ac:ae:73:82:92:8e:    4b:00:05:af:24:6d:76:a8:29:f5:33:ff:a2:cb:b3:    e7:8f:5d:9d:89exponent2:    2f:fa:62:0f:93:9f:96:9d:08:12:e1:71:60:75:80:    eb:cc:bf:07:4e:93:87:3d:2b:3e:04:71:bf:82:89:    6d:9e:74:ff:d1:e6:ef:81:75:aa:6b:9f:b5:a7:23:    e6:ea:1d:bd:3e:b6:2f:78:cd:a9:63:55:5a:eb:3d:    71:0e:8c:03coefficient:    00:b6:d7:f3:03:00:07:cf:e1:54:85:64:02:98:e0:    69:bc:1b:96:fc:a8:58:58:a6:53:32:9b:f1:14:c4:    98:60:3e:4f:1f:a3:4d:c8:b7:c1:c7:42:78:9c:63:    cd:e6:7f:df:ea:29:74:b3:da:73:b7:79:28:fb:ef:    de:52:d5:92:9d$ sudo openssl x509 -noout -text -in /etc/ssl/certs/ssl-cert-snakeoil.pemCertificate:    Data:        Version: 1 (0x0)        Serial Number:            fb:3b:75:d7:c1:58:a5:5b        Signature Algorithm: sha1WithRSAEncryption        Issuer: CN=ubuntu        Validity            Not Before: Jun  7 08:03:53 2010 GMT            Not After : Jun  4 08:03:53 2020 GMT        Subject: CN=ubuntu        Subject Public Key Info:            Public Key Algorithm: rsaEncryption            RSA Public Key: (1024 bit)                Modulus (1024 bit):                    00:b6:ec:f8:99:c8:fa:9f:8a:ec:8a:9a:49:06:5d:                    9d:80:71:3a:97:51:1f:4f:fd:8e:dd:50:2a:f9:87:                    eb:cb:fc:d6:1f:7e:7f:56:76:ad:54:7b:66:b7:7f:                    97:ea:ee:13:71:fd:56:fb:b3:c4:c9:4a:b8:c1:fb:                    a8:15:ff:82:68:c3:65:39:63:f5:62:4c:fb:37:34:                    b5:29:3e:7b:6b:9d:cb:d8:5e:db:49:46:cd:3c:6f:                    d2:f6:b2:90:99:2e:29:cb:d2:58:d9:38:58:4f:4d:                    b8:07:60:20:76:6f:8c:a8:28:4d:25:66:bc:cd:40:                    a4:c0:a0:eb:d9:f2:3b:2f:7b                Exponent: 65537 (0x10001)    Signature Algorithm: sha1WithRSAEncryption        93:6a:ef:54:49:31:47:5a:8f:4a:92:62:b9:d0:ee:19:41:ed:        58:a0:4a:5a:25:9b:99:2c:08:dd:11:19:4f:ed:2f:1b:e6:03:        1b:96:b9:e4:d7:71:81:19:37:ce:14:27:b6:a1:7b:80:d6:23:        2b:16:e5:04:1c:81:a5:8e:d6:d1:c8:b4:d2:47:fb:90:58:2f:        5d:63:1e:53:de:8d:49:02:5d:9e:27:7f:63:1c:d0:62:7d:1d:        18:bd:ab:4a:1d:5d:c1:d3:cd:34:f4:25:35:27:e7:11:0d:72:        c4:57:af:47:b6:91:74:2a:93:6d:35:d4:de:6c:62:f1:86:92:        b1:c1The above output can also be seen if you direct your browser client to your website and check the certificate sent by the server to your browser. You will be able to lookup all the details including the validity dates, subject common name and the public key modulus.Capture an SSL connection using WiresharkAnd as you would have expected, looking at the low-level tcp data that has been exchanged between the client and server with a tcp-diagnostics tool (i.e. wireshark/tcpdump) you can also see the modulus in there.These were the settings I used to capture all traffic on the local loopback interface, matching the filter expression: tcp and ip and host 127.0.0.1 and port 443. This tells Wireshark to leave out any other information, I may not have been interested in showing you.

    Read the article

< Previous Page | 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575  | Next Page >